Penrith to Alston and Haydon

Description

Where: North West England. A686

How Long: Approx 35 miles

Added: 16 September 2011

Named as ‘One of the Greatest Drives in Britain’ by the AA, The A686, which runs from Penrith, through Alston (across the ‘roof’ of England) and down onto the A69 just after Haydon Bridge, is very popular particularly in the summer with bikers, and is great fun to drive.


View Larger Map

Section 1:Penrith – Alston

You start from the roundabout linking the A6 and A66 on the outskirts of Penrith close to M6 Junction 40. From here you drive through a fairly flat forest, to Langwathby, crossing an unattractive ‘temporary’ single track, metal frame bridge that has been in place for 30+ years. It was supposed to be replaced for the Millennium, but never happened.

Through the pretty villages of Langwathby and Melmerby. From there the road climbs to Hartside Summit, all 1904ft of it! There is a cafe is on the summit which provides a good stopping place.

From there down into Alston, the highest Market Town in England, which has a nice Market Place, and a rather steep cobbled road, which, can be trecharous in winter.

Section 2: Alston – Haydon Bridge

From here, heading out of Alston, you can see why it is one of the greatest drives as the road commands some spectacular views. Driving down some very steep gradients with some interesting old signs and milestones until the road reaches the A69 at a very poor junction just east of Haydon Bridge.

Cat and Fiddle Cat and Fiddle Cat and Fiddle Cat and Fiddle Cat and Fiddle

Cat and Fiddle

Description

Where: Peak District. A537

How Long: Approx 12.5 miles

Added: 24 August 2011

The A54 – A537 from Buxton to Macclesfield is the “Cat and Fiddle” named after the pub which lays at the summit, and what must be the most famous road around the Peak District particularly for bikers.


View Larger Map

The road sweeps high into the Peak District National Park and is full of twisty bends and amazing views in what is a stunning area. It can be full of cars, 4×4’s, caravans, police cars, unmarked police cars and bikes.

Running over the heart of the Peak District. This road has been made famous by motorcycle driving enthusiasts because of the many and challenging bends. This is also classed as one of the most dangerous roads in the UK

In August 2015 David Fisher pointed out that the route is almost entirely covered by 50mph average speed cameras, but even at 50 mph the contouring route is challenging with the hairpin bends.

Black Mountain Pass Black Mountain Pass Black Mountain Pass Black Mountain Pass Black Mountain Pass

Black Mountain Pass

Description

Where: Brecon Beacons Wales. A4069

How Long: Approx 23 miles

Added: 16 September 2011

The A4069 is an A road which connects Llandovery with Gwaun-Cae-Gurwen in Wales. What is possibly the best road in Wales wrinkles over Black Mountain in the Brecon Beacons. Watch out for stray sheep and sudden hairpins.


View Larger Map

The route begins at the junction with the A474 at the north of Gwaun-Cae-Gurwen, and travels through Lower Brynamman and Brynamman. The route then crosses over the Black Mountain range of the Brecon Beacons and emerges near Felindre near Llangadog. It then crosses through Llangadog and continues northeast until the junction with the A40 at Llandovery. It reaches a height of 493 m (1,617 ft) above sea level.

Glasgow to Fort William Glasgow to Fort William Glasgow to Fort William

Glasgow to Fort William

Description

Where: Scotland A82

How Long: Approx 140 miles

Added: 16 October 2011

The A82 is the principal route from Lowland Scotland to the western Scottish Highlands, Glasgow to Fort William and Inverness, passing along the shores of Loch Lomond, Loch Ness and in the shadow of Ben Nevis along the way. It is probably the most important trunk route serving the West Highlands of Scotland, and along its route uses pieces of road first built in the 1750s.


View Larger Map

It is the second longest primary A-road in Scotland after the A9, which is the other principal route to Inverness from the south of Scotland. In the Gàidhealtachd (the Gaelic-speaking parts of Scotland), the A82 is equipped with bilingual road signs. The A82 begins in the St. Georges Cross area of central Glasgow, at junctions with the M8 and the A804 (NS582663), before threading through the city’s West End. Glasgow’s “Boulevard” (known officially as Great Western Road), is also this urban section of the A82, passing a number of the city’s finest terraces, including Alexander “Greek” Thomson’s Great Western Terrace, and Devonshire Gardens. The road runs northwest through the city, through Kelvinside, Anniesland, Blairdardie, Clydebank and Dumbarton, before turning north to head up the western shore of Loch Lomond. At Tarbet, Argyll and Bute (NN319044), the A83 branches off west to Campbeltown.

From Tarbet, the A82 then leads through Crianlarich and Tyndrum. From Crianlarich (NN384253) and Tyndrum (NN325307), respectively, the A85 runs east to Perth and west to Oban.

The A82 continues north and passes the western fringes of Rannoch Moor and through the spectacular Glen Coe. The road then crosses Loch Leven and runs along the side of Loch Linnhe to Fort William. From Fort William it follows the line of the Great Glen (through which the Caledonian Canal also runs) northeast through Fort Augustus and up the western shore of Loch Ness before ending at junctions with the A9 in Inverness (NH673467).

The A82 North of Tyndrum and over Rannoch Moor was built in the 1930s using unemployed labour, in an attempt to provide work.

The A82 between Tarbet and Tyndrum has been called the third most dangerous road in Scotland, and the cause on this stretch of the A82 is fairly evident. The road follows the edge of Loch Lomond and is frequently narrow with many hairpin bends not wide enough for two large vehicles and a busy tourist route, often used by coaches.

The Evo Triangle The Evo Triangle The Evo Triangle The Evo Triangle The Evo Triangle

The Evo Triangle

Description

Where: Wales A543 and A5

How Long: Approx 20 miles

Added: 30 August 2011

The EVO Triangle’s name comes from EVO Magazine who regularly use these roads to test drive cars for magazine features.


View Larger Map

It is considered an excellent test of car and driver, and the route has become very popular among driving enthusiasts, and one of the most talked about routes in the UK. The route starts on the A543 (just off the A5) heading north and enjoys tight and sweeping bends and wonderful scenery. Turning right onto the B4501 takes you on to some nice long sweeping bends with views of the Llyn Brenig Lake. The road then leads back to the A5 (going through the village of Cerrigydrudion) and back to where you started.

The Llanberis Pass The Llanberis Pass The Llanberis Pass The Llanberis Pass The Llanberis Pass

The Llanberis Pass

Description

Where: Wales A4086

How Long: Approx 18 miles

Added: 16 September 2011

The A4086, is a road that takes you from the village of Capel Curig, to the Royal Town of Caernarfon, past the Glyderau and one of Britain’s most famous mountains; Snowdon.


View Larger Map

Setting off from Capel Curig through trees and with views of the lakes of Llynnau Mymbyr and in the distance imposing mountains. The road runs alongside the water for a mile or so before reaching a wonderful section of road with curves and elevation changes. Turn right and stay on the A4086 heading and up onto the Llanberis Pass.

Climbing, the road quickly tightens and provides some stunning scenery. Dropping down the other side you descend towards Llanberis. Heading down along the stream, watch out for rock on the road, you reach Nant Peris, and then 2 miles further on Llanberis. The road continues on to Caernarfon via Clanrug.

Col de la Bonette

Col de la Bonette

Description

Where: Southern France/Italy border

How Long: 50km approx

Added: 10 September 2011

From Jausiers in the North to Saint-Etienne-de-Tinee in the south, this is possibly one of the most famous roads in the Alps, and at 2802M, stated to be the highest road in Europe. The actual pass finishes at around 2700M with a recent addition taking it to the full height constructed to retain the title.


View Larger Map

The road surface is smooth and the scenery on the way up is breathtaking. As the road ascends through a series of sweeping bends, the scenery turns from lush green to volcanic like barren landscape at the top. As you link the series of bends, this is a great road to drive, taking in the scenery on the way up to the summit where you can enjoy stunning panoramic views.

This road is used on the tour de France, and is well maintained. The descent from the summit gives a good view of the road ahead, which is something to behold. The road gets more challenging and at times is very narrow, but it is a road worthy of a Top 10 place.

Route de la Napoleon Route de la Napoleon Route de la Napoleon Route de la Napoleon Route de la Napoleon

Route de la Napoleon

Description

Where: South East France

How Long: 325km Approx

Added: 16 September 2011

Route Napoléon is a 325-kilometre section of the Route Nationale 85, taken by Napoléon on his return from Elba in 1815. The route begins at Golfe-Juan, where Napoleon disembarked in March 1815, beginning the Hundred Days that ended at Waterloo. The road was inaugurated in 1932; it leads from the French Riviera to the southern Pre-Alps. It is marked along the way by statues of the flying eagle symbol.


View Larger Map

From south to north:

Col De Turini Col De Turini Col De Turini

Col De Turini

Description

Where: France

How Long: 35km approx

Added: 16 September 2011

The Col De Turini is one of the stages previously used in the WRC, with cars running both in daytime and at night!! The road has also been used in the Tour de France, and is a challenging drive with long straights linking 34 hairpin bends running from Sospel to La Bollène. At its highest point the road reaches 1607 metres and the views as might be expected, are awesome.


View Larger Map

This road was featured in the first episode of Top Gear series 10 when the presenters went in search of the greatest driving road in the world
The bottom section is quite open and flowing, but narrow, and with several blind corners. Hugging the mountainside, and going through it, up through the trees, the road becomes more challenging, with hairpin bends a plenty, rock on one side and drops on the other, the top section is extremely twisty, with rocks sometimes in the road, not a road to lose concentration on.

San Bernardino Pass

San Bernardino Pass

Description

Where: Switzerland

How Long: 50km approx

Added: 09 September 2011

Beginning in Castione, Switzerland, and heading north on highway 13 Blue this road follows the Mesolcina valley over the mountain, and on to Hinterrhein in Switzerland.


View Larger Map

The San Bernardino Pass offers a great amount of variety, and the road is surprisingly wide on the ascent from the south, where initially it passes through several small villages. Eventually climbing up through the tree line, the road throws in a couple of hairpin bends, and you can see the A13 below. The village of San Bernardino is virtually closed in the summer, and is reached on the ascent. After the village, the terrain changes, with trees fading, and the vista becoming tundra like, the road then becomes more interesting with tight twists and turns, but with good visibility, and limited drop off areas. The road allows a flow whilst driving, and passes a landscape crafted from glaciers, whilst passing the glorious lake Moesola. The alpine section is a dream, fast, but with some hairpin bends thrown in.

The descent introduces different conditions, with the road narrowing and becoming much steeper, with tighter turns with the road following the cliff line. Eventually the road opens into rich farmland and allows you to reflect on what is a wonderful ribbon of tarmac, combining everything the keen driver wants.

The N152

The N152

Description

Where: Spain

How Long: 48km approx

Added: 16 September 2011

An absolutely stunning piece of road across the Pyrenees and undoubtedly one of the best anywhere in Europe. Jeremy Clarkson recently declared it his new favourite road! The road has light traffic, but a few bikers, and classic mountain twists and turns that make it a delight to drive.


View Larger Map

The road has excellent visibility, important when you have a cliff face on one side and a sheer drop on the other! Watch out though, as you may come across sheep cattle or even horses on this road, so it’s important to keep concentration levels high.

After leaving Ribes de Freser the road immediately narrows and you come across a large signpost that warns you that the road ahead contains bends for 45kms, and that’s just to the Col de Toses, with a further 22 kms after the Col to Puigcerda. The road then becomes a delight to drive, with every kind of twist and turn, heading upwards to the Col de Toses (1800M). A break to consider and recover is recommended! The views along the Serra de Cadi valley are awesome at this point.

From here the downhill run through to Puigcerda is full of fast smooth roads with good visibility.

Col du Pillon

Col du Pillon

Description

Where: Swiss Alps

How Long:

Added: 16 September 2011

The Col du Pillon is a mountain pass in the western Swiss Alps, linking Aigle, Le Sépey and Les Diablerets in the canton of Vaud.


View Larger Map

Has anyone driven this? Please let me have your comments please.

The Stelvio Pass The Stelvio Pass The Stelvio Pass

The Stelvio Pass

Description

Where: Italy

How Long: 57 miles approx

Added: 16 September 2011

The Stelvio Pass, at 2760 m (9045 feet) is the highest paved mountain pass in the Eastern Alps, and the second highest in the Alps, slightly below the Col de l’Iseran (2770 m, 9088 feet). Perhaps made famous by the Top Gear team in their quest for the best driving road. Not the prettiest road, in fact barren in places, but nevertheless dramatic scenery if you dare look.


View Larger Map

En route to Stelvio via Bormio, the pass, is regarded as one of the most challenging roads in the world, it has 60 hairpins with 48 of them on the northern and 12 on the southern ramp.

The South side is a little wider, has superb visibility and is a touch more forgiving, to get the best out of this road, it is recommended to do it in both directions. Travelling downhill on the northern side, the road hugs the side of the mountainside and is a relentless series of straights connecting the hairpin bends. Steep and challenging, the road is a real brake fluid boiler if going downhill.

Mont Ventoux Mont Ventoux Mont Ventoux

Mont Ventoux

Description

Where: South of France

How Long: 23km

Added: 16 September 2011

Meaning windy mountain, Mont Ventoux can be seen from almost everywhere in Provence. Its position makes it a dominating feature, and it is a very popular climb with cyclists, having featured in past Tours de France, so watch out for bikes.


View Larger Map

The real road climb starts at Bédoin . After 2 km, take the road to the left towards Les Baux and Sainte Colombe. Passing those two villages, the climb gets steeper, never dropping below 8% on this first section, which is a brilliant road, with trees on both sides. There are only a couple of sharper bends on this section, the remainder of the climb being a continuous flow of straights and corners as you climb up towards Chalet Renard on the right of the mountain.

When you reach Chalet Renard, you can take a breather before continuing. The second part of the climb is completely different, with a dramatic change of scenery; the landscape becomes more lunar like, with views over Provence, if you dare. The road is again a series of long straights and sweeping corners, with a few steep hairpins before the finish at the top where the Observatory is situated, and the views stunning.

Maloja Pass

Maloja Pass

Description

Where: Switzerland

How Long: 80 km approx

Added: 16 September 2011

The Maloja Pass is sometimes called ‘the pass that never was’ due to its geographical peculiarity. It connects the Engadin Valley with the Bregaglia Valley and Chiavenna in Italy, and marks the watershed between the Danube and Po basins. Maloja village has an elevation of 1809 m.


View Larger Map

If you travel on it from the Engadin side, the starting point will take your breath away, the scenery is simply stunning.. It marks the watershed between the Danube and Po basins.

Recently used on road tests by Classic and Sportscar magazine, the road at the top of the pass shown above is a series of short straits connecting hairpin bends, with stunning Mountain scenery and heading down through the trees, where the straights become longer and the bends a little easier with roads flowing nicely.

Often snow covered in the winter, but a joy to drive in good weather.

Spring Tour in the Alps Spring Tour in the Alps Spring Tour in the Alps Spring Tour in the Alps

Spring Tour in the Alps

Description

Where: Zurich, Swiss Alps, Lake Como

How Long: 5 days

When spring is in the air, there’s often no better time to visit the Alps. With the abundance of new flora, the mountain passes just starting to open, the rivers and waterfalls raging from early snow melt from up high, plus roads that can often be completely deserted, it is the perfect time of year to immerse yourself in nature at her striking best.

Tour Operator: Ultimate Drives
Available: March till May

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Day 1 – Arrive in Zurich
Arrive at Zurich airport and make your way to B2 Boutique Hotel + Spa Zurich.

That evening we will pre book dinner for you at either the Terrace Restaurant on the banks of the river Limmat, from where you can enjoy also a nice walk around the city.

Hotel: 4 Star B2 Boutique Hotel + Spa

Day 2- Tour through the Swiss Alps to Lake Como
Today in the morning the car will be delivered to the hotel and you will be provided with a detailed walktrough over the 4 days of driving. Also we will handover the driving notes, maps and itinerary and answer any questions you migh have. Your first tour will take you south and through the Alps to Lake Como. The first stage of the drive takes you up and away from Zurich, through the rolling countryside south of the city, before picking up the shores of Lake Luzern. Here you will stop for a first morning coffee in the beautiful lakeside resort of Weggis. After a coffe break, head around the lake, then south into the Alps, where you will stop for lunch in the beautiful Alpine resort of Andermatt. The town is often referred to as being at the center of the center of the Alps where three rivers meet. The village is surrounded by Alpine peaks and passes. After lunch, continue south through the Alps (via the Gotthard tunnel) and down to the lakeside resort of Lugano. Here you can stop for afternoon teas at the beautiful Hotel Splendide, before continuing along the northern shores of Lake Lugano, and then across a small pass and down to the shores of Lake Como, and the picture postcard resort of Tremezzo, where you will be based for the night.

Hotel: 3 Star Hotel La Darsena

Day 3 – Tour into the Swiss Alps via Lake Como
Today , start your journey north and literally “through” the Alps, via the sweeping Maloja pass. En route you will stop at the picture postcard village of Soglio (set in an isolated valley, with wonderful slate roofed houses), before continuing up the sweeping Maloja Mountain Pass, and onto the Engadin / St Moritz region of Switzerland. Drive along the beautiful upper Engadin valley, pass the glacial lakes Sils and Silvaplana, and into the resort of St Moritz where you will stop for lunch. After lunch, head down to the small lake, take a walk around this most jet set of ski resorts. Now continue your journey east, and onto possibly the most scenic valley in the whole of Switzerland, the Upper Engadin valley, where you tour past picture postcard medieval villages and small fairytale castles, before arriving in Scuol, where you will be based for the evening.

Hotel: 3 Star Hotel Anica

Day 4 – Tour back to Zurich via Davos / Klosters and the spa resort of Bad Ragaz
Take your time the following morning over a rich breakfast, before starting your final tour back to Zurich. The drive back will take you across Julier Pass (rises to over 2000m) then along the sweeping Landwaser valley and along to the resort of Davos / Klosters. Here you will stop for morning coffees in a traditional Chessa / Chalet style restaurant. Continue your tour then north back to Zurich, where you can drive an optional loop up to the viewing platform overlooking the spectacular Rhine Gorge valley, truly breathtaking. Now head along to the spa resort of Bad Ragaz for late lunch at the Grand Resort Bad Ragaz. After lunch, it’s possible to visit the hotels spa / thermal bathes or alternatively, wander into the small town center where you can take coffees and cakes.

From Bad Ragaz, the final drive takes approximately 1hour 30 minutes. Overnight at B2 Boutique Hotel + Spa in Zurich

Hotel: 4 Star B2 Boutique Hotel + Spa

Classic Namibia

Classic Namibia

Description

Where: Namibia

How Long: 16 days

Classic Namibia is our biggest trip but do not be put off by the high mileages. Distances in Namibia are easier to cover than almost any other country we’ve been to

Tour Operator: Classic Car Journeys
Available: November and December 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Home to the highest sand dunes in the world and the world’s oldest driest desert Namibia also contains the deepest canyon in Africa. With a stable democratic government and one of the lowest crime rates in Africa, coupled with one of the world’s lowest densities of population plus an abundance of wildlife it is a perfect location for a motoring adventure and a fantastic holiday destination.

Classic Namibia is our biggest trip but do not be put off by the high mileages. Distances in Namibia are easier to cover than almost any other country we’ve been to, mainly due to the good roads and lack of traffic. During the trip we will be driving Toyota 4×4 Hi Lux pick ups and visiting almost all of Namibia’s highlights.

St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass

St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass

Description

Where: Switzerland, Stelvio - Italy

How Long: 5 Days

Our St Moritz & Stelvio driving holiday is based in the beautiful Engadin region of South East Switzerland, possibly the most unspoiled and picturesque part of this already spectacular country. From a base in the alpine village of Pontresina, you will drive some of the most iconic passes in the Alps, including the Stelvio Pass, the Bernina Pass and the San Bernadino Pass.

Tour Operator: Ultimate Drives
Available: June till September

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Our St Moritz & Stelvio driving holiday is based in the beautiful Engadin region of South East Switzerland, possibly the most unspoiled and picturesque part of this already spectacular country. From a base in the alpine village of Pontresina, you will drive some of the most iconic passes in the Alps, including the Stelvio Pass, the Bernina Pass and the San Bernadino Pass. For this holiday you will be based in the 5 Star Kronenhof in Pontresina – set in the heart of upper Engadin and the perfect base to explore the region from – the hotel also boasts a world class spa and 1 star Michelin restaurant.

If you want to escape to the mountains, spend some nights in 5 star a luxury spa hotel, but at the same time get the opportunity to drive what are possibly the greatest roads anywhere in the Alps, then this break will be perfect for you.

St. Moritz & Stelvio Pass Driving Escape

Our St Moritz and Stelvio Driving & Spa Holiday takes you on a journey through the heart of the Swiss Alps and Italian Tyrol, and features drives across some of the greatest passes in the Alps, including the Stelvio Pass, the San Bernadino Pass and the Bernina Pass, combined with luxury 5 Star Spa accomodation in the Alps.

Day 1 – Arrival

Transfer from Zurich airport to the Hotel. After check in, visit the Zurich town centre, take a walk along the world famous shopping throughfare that is Bahnhofstrasse, with its incredible collection of jewelry and designer stores. Continue to Lake Zurich, where you can stroll along the lakeside promenade. Drive Walk through – this evening we will be meet at the B2 Hotel for a complete walkthrough of your drives and itinerary for the next 4 days. This walkthrough will be given by your drive concierge in Switzerland.

Overnight Hotel: The 4 Star B2 Hotel & Spa, Zurich

Day 2 – The Central Swiss Alps and Rhine Gorge Valley

Drive 1 – your car will be delivered directly to the hotel next morning. You then head south into the Alps, taking in two of the most spectacular passes, the Klausen Pass and Oberalp Pass. Stop for lunch in Andermatt, in the heart of the Alps, then take a run along the Rhine Gorge valley – its narrow roads are literally carved into the rock faces on the sides of the valley and offer unbelievable views down to the Rhine below. Complete the journey to St Moritz by crossing the Albula Pass, tracing the path of the world famous Glacier Express railway, with its stunning viaducts along this most beautiful of mountain passes.

That evening we recommend you dine at the hotels 1 star Kronenstubli restaurant, it’s something very special indeed.

Drive time: 5 hours plus stops.
Overnight Hotel: 5 Star Superior Kronenhof, Pontresina

Day 3 – Stelvio Loop

Drive 2 – Today you will spend the day driving some of the most beautiful and scenic roads in the Engadin region of Switzerland, tracing a path along the unspoiled Lower Engadin Valley, stopping in several immaculately preserved villages, such as Tarasp with its Medieval castle. Now head south into Italy and the Parco dello Stelvio and towards the Stelvio Pass. You will take lunch in the park before heading up and over the spectacular Stelvio Pass, with its famous wall of 45 switchback turns – the pass itself climbs to 2750M. Return to Switzerland via the tight and twisty Umbrail pass, before heading through the Swiss National Park, over the Offenpass and back to your hotel.

Drive time: 4 hours plus stops
Overnight Hotel: 5 Star Superior Kronenhof, Pontresina

Day 4 – Return to Zurich via the Livigno

Your final tour back to Zurich takes you south from St Moritz and onto the beautiful Bernina pass, tracing the path of the Bernina Express railway past glaciers and rivers. You then head into the tax free resort of Livigno, on the tip of the Stelvio National Park, where you will take lunch. After lunch, head back into Switzerland, and your return drive takes you across two further mountain passes – including the Fluela, before heading down into the jet set ski resort of Klosters for afternoon tea. Now head back to Zurich via the beautiful vineyards of the Maienfeld, where you get the chance to visit vineyards dating back to the Roman times. The final run back to Zurich then takes you via the shores of Lake Zurich, stopping for a sun down drink in the Seerose bar, before completing your drive back to the Widder hotel.

Drive time: 4 1/2 hours plus stops

Overnight Hotel: The 5 Star Superior Widder Hotel, Zurich

Day 5 – Departure
Spend the morning in Zurich, perhaps take a boat trip on the lake. Later transfer back to the airport.

Black Forest and Baden Baden Black Forest and Baden Baden Black Forest and Baden Baden Black Forest and Baden Baden

Black Forest and Baden Baden

Description

Where: Zurich and The Black Forest

How Long: 4 Days

Our Black Forest & Spa driving holiday includes two days driving through the beautiful villages and fast / sweeping trails of the Black Forest region in Germany, combined with overnight stays in two beautiful spa hotels, allowing you to perfectly combine driving and relaxation.

Tour Operator: Ultimate Drives
Available: April till October

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



After an evening in Zurich at the B2 Spa Hotel, you will start your driving tour. You head north from Zurich, across the Rhine, and into the Black Forest, past picture postcard villages and sweeping lower mountain passes. Take lunch on one of the glacial lakes, before continuing to the spa town of Baden Baden on the northern tip of the Black Forest in Germany for an evening.

Unwind in the thermal waters in this most revered of spa towns, before making your second driving tour back through the Black Forest to Zurich. This time you will trace the path of the spectacular Hochstrasse, Route 500 – one of the greatest European driving roads, with elevated Panomara views aross the Black Forest and the Rhine valley to the west, making a visit to the Triberg falls, the highest waterfalls in Germany

Day 1 – Arrive Zurich

Arrive Zurich and check into the B2 Boutique Spa Hotel. Take the tram to the old town (5mins) and spend the afternoon exploring the cafes and boutiques of Zurich’s old town, or take a stroll along the world famous Bahnhofstrasse. Later that afternoon you will be met by your Ultimate Drives drive concierge who will provide you with a full walk through of the driving tour, handover the driving notes, maps and itinerary and answer any questions you might have.

Overnight: 4* B2 Boutique Spa / Zurich

Day 2 – North to Baden Baden through the mountains along the western extremes of the Black Forest

Your car will be delivered to the hotel and you will be given a detailed walk through of controls and navigation unit, you will then be on your way.

The Black Forest & Spa Driving Holiday then takes you north from Zurich to the Rhine (natural border between Switzerland and German) where you cross the border at the beautiful village of Kaisersthul (castles on either side of the river). You now burst into the southern Black Forest with a run up one of sweeping lower mountain passes, then down to the beautiful Lake Schulesee where you will stop up for your first break of the day. After a quick coffee, continue driving deeper into the forest with a run up and around Mount Feldberg (the highest peak in the forest) then up to the town of Triberg. At Triberg you will stop up to visit the Triberg Falls, the highest waterfall in Germany, that cascade down to the village some 300M below. From here continue your driving tour into the northern Black Forest, along several panorama strasses, before arriving at the 5 Star Dollenberg Hotel (set in the heart of the forest in a natural bowl) where you will take lunch. After lunch, complete your drive to Baden Baden by picking up Route 500 / The Schwarzwald Hochstrasse – probably the greatest “drivers” road in the black forest, set high above the forest with views down to the Rhine Valley, it’s the perfect way to complete the tour.

After arriving in Baden Baden and checking into your hotel, later head to the Caracalla Therme spa, directly adjacent to the hotel or the the Friedrichsbad (3min walk). Those are few of the best thermal spas in Europe, and the perfect place to relax for a few hours before dinner. That evening we recommend you head out into town and dine at Rizzi – set on the river, it’s our favorite restaurant in Baden wit a lively atmosphere serving modern European food.

Overnight: 4* Aqua Aurelia Hotel Baden Baden

Day 3 – Return to Zurich through the central core of the Black Forest

This return drive back takes you south along the western extremes of the Black Forest, where you will drive up and over two of the most beautiful mountains in the Germany`s Black Forest region, Mounts Kandel and Belchen. Each rise to more than 1300M and offer stunning (but contrasting) panoramas of the surrounding forest. With the return drive there is also the option to make a diversion into the beautiful medieval town of Freiburg where lunch can be taken, or alternatively you stay within the forest limits and lunch near the top of Mount Belchen, the choice is yours. After lunch you will continue south towards the Rhine, passing through the villages of Todmoos and Todtnau, and skirt the edge of Mount Hochkopf. The final drive to the border (and Rhine) is along the Wehr River Valley, the valley was carved out during the ice age, and has gorge like rock formations on either side, the sound of the car engine reverberating off these walls is a perfect way to complete the run back to the border. At the border, stop up at the beautiful village of Bad Sacklingen (set on the Rhine) where you can visit the famous Holz Brucke (the longest covered wooden footbridge in Europe) for drinks / sightseeing, before completing your run back to Zurich.

Overnight: 4* B2 Boutique Spa Hotel / Zurich

Day 4 – Final day in Zurich

Spend the last day taking in the sights and attractions of Zurich, a compact yet international city, with a wonderful old town (on either side of the Limatt river) the world famous shoppping street, Bahnhofstrasse, with its collection of watch and designer stores, then down to the chilled out shores of Lake Zurich, where you can take a coffee at one of the lakeside cafes with views all the way down to the Alps on a sunny day.

Lake Como Driving Holiday Lake Como Driving Holiday Lake Como Driving Holiday Lake Como Driving Holiday

Lake Como Driving Holiday

Description

Where: Italian Lakes, Zurich

How Long: 5 Days

Our Italian Lakes driving holiday takes you on a driving adventure from Zurich, heading through the Swiss Alps, and down to the beautiful resort of Tremezzo, set on the shores of Lake Como.

Tour Operator: Ultimate Drives
Available: May - October

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Our Italian Lakes driving holiday takes you on a driving adventure from Zurich, heading through the Swiss Alps, and down to the beautiful resort of Tremezzo, set on the shores of Lake Como.

You will then spend two evenings in this charming lakeside resort, making a second tour around lake Como, which includes a visit to the beautiful resort of Bellagio, plus a run along the scenic south western shores, location of the for villas of the rich and famous, amongst them George Clooney, as well as some of the most beautiful botanical gardens in Italy. You will also get a chance to visit Villa del Balbianello. Your final tour back from the lakes to Zurich sees you head back through the Alps, this time via the jet set ski resort of St Moritz.

Day 1 – Arrival in Zurich

Transfer from Zurich airport to the Hotel. After check in, visit Zurich town centre, take a walk along the world famous shopping throughfare that is Bahnhofstrasse, with its incredible collection of jewelry and designer stores. Continue to Lake Zurich, where you can stroll along the lakeside promenade. The next morning you will be meet you at your hotel for a complete a full walkthrough of your drives and itinerary for the next 4 days. This walkthrough will be given by your drive concierge in Switzerland.

Overnight: 4 Star B2 Boutique & Spa Hotel

Day 2 – Through the Alps to Lake Como

Your tour south will take you initially via the scenic shores of Lake Luzern, stopping at one of the most beautiful lakeside resort at Lake Lucerne for morning coffees. You then trace the shores of the lake, then head south into the heart of the central Swiss Alps, where you will take lunch in the alpine resort of Andermatt. From Andermatt, you will continue south literally “through” the Alps to southern (Italian speaking) Switzerland. In the Spring, head south via the Gotthard tunnel, and summer across the sweeping Oberalp pass. Now in south Switzerland, head down to Lake Lugano for afternoon teas, before completing the tour to Lake Como by heading across the northern shores of Lake Lugano.

Drive time: 5 hours, plus stops for sights and lunch

Overnight: Grand Hotel Tremezzo

Day 3 – Loop of Lake Como

You will drive a beautiful loop around Lake Como. Initially you will head south from Tremezzo to the resort of Lenno, where you will visit the beautiful Villa del Balbianello. Now continue south, making stops at the lakeside resorts of Argegno and Moltrasio, before heading up to the beautiful resort of Bellagio – recognised as the gem of Lake Como, the resort is the perfect place to stop for, then after to visit one of the most beautiful botanical gardens at Villa Melzi. Now take the small car ferry directly from Bellagio, and back to Tremezzo for a second evening.

Drive time: 3 hours plus stops for sights and lunch

Overnight: Grand Hotel Tremezzo

Day 4 – Return to Zurich via St Moritz

Your final tour back to Zurich sees you head north from Como, and up to the jet set ski resort of St Moritz, heading along the beautiful upper Engadin valley and into the resort for lunch. After lunch, continue back to Zurich, touring across the sweeping Fluela Pass, then down into the glitzy ski resort of Klosters for afternoon teas.

With your final run back to Zurich is then completed with a tour along the shores of Lake Zurich and back to the city for a final evening.

Drive time: 5 hours, plus stops for sights and lunch

Overnight: 4 Star B2 Boutique & Spa Hotel

Day 5 – Final Day in Zurich

Spend the last day taking in the sights and attractions of Zurich, a compact yet international city, with a wonderful old town (on either side of the Limatt river) the world famous shopping street, Bahnhofstrasse, with its collection of watch and designer stores, then down to the chilled out shores of Lake Zurich, where you can take a coffee at one of the lakeside cafes with views all the way down to the Alps on a sunny day.

Cote d'Azure and Monte Carlo Cote d'Azure and Monte Carlo Cote d'Azure and Monte Carlo Cote d'Azure and Monte Carlo

Cote d'Azure and Monte Carlo

Description

Where: South of France and Alps maritimes

How Long: 5 days

When it comes to sunshine destinations, they don’t come more exclusive than the Cote D`Azur.However, what is often overlooked is the region is also on the doorstep of some of the greatest driving roads in Europe, the Alps Maritimes

Tour Operator: Ultimate Drives
Available: March - November 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



European Driving Holiday in the Cote d’Azur & Provence

When it comes to sunshine destinations, they don’t come more exclusive than the Cote D`Azur.

However, what is often overlooked is the region is also on the doorstep of some of the greatest driving roads in Europe, the Alps Maritimes. These mountains, that run directly down to the Med, offer a combination of breathtaking hilltop villages (many ranked amongst the most scenic in France such as Gourdon, Vence and Moustairs Sainte Marie) with an amazing variety of drives, ranging from the tight and twisty mountain cols, to the sweeping Route Napoleon through Parc Verdon. Combine this with the small villages and vineyards of southern Provence and you have the perfect driving getaway.

This four night break starts in the seaside resort of Cannes, before touring up into the beautiful Alps Maritimes. You will visit Monte Carlo for lunch, then head to the beautiful hill top town of St Paul for your second evening. You then continue through the spectacular Parc Verdon and down to Saint Tropez for an evening. The tour is then completed with a run through the vineyards of Southern Provence, before retruning to Cannes along the scenic coastal routes.

- See more at: http://www.ultimatedrives.net/driving-holidays/details.php?break_ID=230#sthash.XSnBvLV8.dpuf

Peak District Tour Peak District Tour Peak District Tour

Peak District Tour

Description

Where: Peak District

How Long: 5 Days

Discover a region of contrasting natural beauty, with moors and dales, rivers, springs and caverns in the Peak District National Park.

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 11th July - 15th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Discover a region of contrasting natural beauty, with moors and dales, rivers, springs and caverns in the Peak District National Park. The area is known and loved by many for its breath-taking views, bustling market towns and pretty villages, historic houses, famous attractions and traditional events, such as the unique Derbyshire custom of Well Dressing.

From the high, moorland plateaus in the north, to the steep-sided, deep dales and rolling green hills in the south of the area, the Peak District has just about any landscape you can imagine in Britain, making it one of the finest areas in the country to explore.

As well as opportunities to enjoy the stunning landscapes, the tour will also visit some of the famous, historic villages that line the valleys of the Peak District.

Hirwaun to Beacon Reservoir Hirwaun to Beacon Reservoir Hirwaun to Beacon Reservoir Hirwaun to Beacon Reservoir

Hirwaun to Beacon Reservoir

Description

Where: The Brecon Beacons

How Long: 10.2 miles

Added: 04 April 2013

This great piece of road was travelled by Twitter follower Andy Forde @hightower150 on a 750 mile round trip in March 2013. Andy commented that the scenery was stunning and that the drive made him smile. Need I say more!


View Larger Map

This scenic route is along the A4059 that winds through part of the Brecon Beacons beautiful landscape.

The road is a twisty route with plenty of gradients in it and some fantastic views, with a cattle grid at either end there is a good chance of seeing a sheep grazing at the side of the road and even a wild pony or two so it is advisible to go steady through this area.

The views of the mountains along this road are amazing and in March when we went they were capped with a good amount of snow to make them look even more spectacular.

This was our first visit to the Brecon Beacons area and I have to say there are a lot of excellent roads around there but this one did stand out for all the reasons above and we would definitely recommend it.

The Arctic Highway Challenge The Arctic Highway Challenge The Arctic Highway Challenge

The Arctic Highway Challenge

Description

Where: Norwegian Fjords

How Long: 18 Days

Join us for the ‘Greatest Drive’ of your life on the ‘Road to the North Cape & the Land of the Midnight Sun

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: 25th June - 13th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Join us for the ‘Greatest Drive’ of your life on the ‘Road to the North Cape & the Land of the Midnight Sun

Norway’s Arctic Highway is one of the world’s great roads. It runs for about 1500km from Mo i Rana, just south of the Arctic Circle to Honningsvag and the North Cape. Seen simply in terms of latitude, the road gets to within nineteen and a half degrees of the North Pole; roughly as far north as central Greenland. Almost as remarkable, it reaches as far east as Istanbul.

The Arctic Highway is a relatively modern road; the product of an evolutionary process to give Norway a coherent and unbroken land link through its most remote Arctic regions. The Highways early development was characterised by the joining up of the links which were Northern Norway’s historic local tracks. High plateaux and mountains were to be crossed, freezing and desolate tundra wastelands conquered.

Even when seemingly complete, the road had a further obstacle to clear. Norway’s fractured west coast was seen to be the next challenge. When, just over sixty years ago, the Highway was deemed to have been completed there were still no less than ten sections where the link was not a road but a ferry. With the ingenuity and audacity of Norway’s road engineers, these were gradually reduced by bridging or tunnelling until today only one ferry remains in the Highway’s path.

So, is there still a challenge to drive the length of Norway’s Arctic Highway and explore its branches?

The answer has to be yes, this is, after all, a long road across one of Europe’s most remote and least inhabited regions. It is even quite a challenge to reach its starting point, Mo i Rana. The surfaces, widths and configuration have improved but the natural hazards remain. The climate is unpredictable, mountains still have to be crossed. The old targets can still be set: to reach the top of Europe at North Cape, to make it to the border with Arctic Russia, to experience Lapland. And, of course, there is the stark beauty of the landscape. Arctic Norway is one of the most beautiful places on the planet.

Corsica Easter Tour Corsica Easter Tour Corsica Easter Tour Corsica Easter Tour Corsica Easter Tour

Corsica Easter Tour

Description

Where: France and Corsica

How Long: 14 Days

A ten or 14 day Tour. Our tour of Corsica takes us clockwise around the island on stunning coastal roads with picturesque sea scapes and over mountain passes and through stunning gorges through villages where time appears to have stood still

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: 12th April - 27th April 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



OPTION A: 14 DAY TOUR WITH A 5 DAY ROUTE FROM ST.MALO TO NICE

A 5 day tour to Nice on the Cote d’Azur to catch the afternoon ferry to Corsica.Our route goes through some of France’s most stunning areas including the Loire Valley, the Dordogne, the Gorges des Tarn and Provence through scenic gorges and visiting, along the route, a dozen of France’s most beautiful villages,( les plus beaux villages).

Following an overnight ferry crossing from Porsmouth to St. Malo, our scenic route takes us south east to our first hotel, a 4* sumptuous chateau hotel in the Loire Valley where we spend a night in this beautiful region which is a UNESCO world heritage site.

We then leave the Loire Valley and drive south to the Dordogne our next overnight stop, this time staying in a 17th century converted moulin.We then continue south east to Millau where we drive over the stunningly beautiful Millau bridge, the world’s highest and most beautiful suspension bridge spanning the Millau gorge.

We then drive into the scenic Gorges des Tarn where our hotel is a 16th century fortified chateau on the banks of the river Tarn.The next day we drive east into Provence through the Luberon area made famous by Peter Mayle in his best selling book “A year in Provence” then through some more of France’s most beautiful villages to our hotel near Aups which is a few miles south of the Gorges du Verdon, France’s Grand Canyon.

On our 5th day we drive down to Nice on the Cote d’Azur to catch the afternoon ferry to Bastia,Corsica

OPTION B: 10 DAY TOUR WITH PARICIPANTS MAKING THEIR OWN WAY TO NICE WHERE THEY JOIN THE MAIN TOUR

In the afternoon we take the ferry to Bastia on Corsica’s north east coast arriving early evening.

10 DAY TOUR OF CORSICA

Our tour of Corsica takes us clockwise around the island on stunning coastal roads with picturesque sea scapes and over mountain passes and through stunning gorges through villages where time appears to have stood still.

Starting in the north east we spend the first two nights in a charming fishing village near Bastia and on our first full day on Corsica we explore Cap Corse and northern Corsica with lunch in the charming Centuri a small fishing port before arriving in the fashionable yacht resort of San Florent for afternoon coffee.We then head back to Erbalunga across the mountains.

On our third day on Corsica we head into the mountains and drive through some stunning gorges before arriving at our hotel in the Restonica gorge near Corte. On our fourth day on Corsica we stay in the mountains for most of the day driving through more stunning gorges and over mountain passes including the dramatic Col de Bavella before emerging on the south east coast where our hotel in Porto Vecchio has its own beach.

The next day we visit Bonifacio the southern most point on Corsica and enjoy a boat ride to view the dramatic cliffs and rock formations. We then drive up the south west coastline through Propriano to our hotel in the charming small fishing port of Porto Pollo.

The following day, our 6th day on Corsica, we visit Filitosa the pre-historic monument site before continuing up the western shore through Ajaccio to Piana, one of only two villages on Corsica listed as one of France’s most beautiful villages.

After 6 days travelling around Corsica we stay here for two nights. The following day we enjoy a relaxed local excursion visiting a local bay for coffee then drive along the beautiful Calanques de Piana, arguably one of Europe’s most stunning coastal roads to Porto only 10 miles north.

The Calanques de Piana is a UNESCO world heritage site in recognition of its beauty.The following day we spend the morning in the mountains near Porto then drive north over the summit of the Col de la Croix to Calvi our last hotel stop on Corsica.On our 9th and final day on Corsica we drive up to L’IIle Rousse for morning coffee before heading back into the mountains on a route through villages where artists and artisans manufacture traditional goods.

Our lunch stop is San Antonino the other “beaux village” on Corsica.In the afternoon we continue up the coast to San Florent for afternoon coffee which is where we arrived on our first full day in Corsica ! After coffee we drive back over the Col de Teghime back to Bastia to catch the overnight ferry to Toulon. The next morning our ferry arrives in Toulon, France and our tour ends.

Champagne & Beaujolais Tour Champagne & Beaujolais Tour Champagne & Beaujolais Tour Champagne & Beaujolais Tour

Champagne & Beaujolais Tour

Description

Where: France

How Long: 5 Days

A great 4 day driving tour of some spectacular parts of France, with the opportunity to sample delicious food, champagne and wine.

Tour Operator: Odball Events
Available: November 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Day 1: Arrival with Meet & Greet at Euro Tunnel. Drive to Champagne House for tour and welcome champagne tasting. Dinner and wine tasting at rustic bistro. Hotel stay.

Day 2: Breakfast buffet. Drive to Beaune. Hotel check-in. Dinner in rustic bistro and wine tasting. Hotel stay.

Day 3: Breakfast buffet. Drive to Lyon. Hotel check-in at secret location. Local produce three course meal with Beaujolais wine at village restaurant. Hotel stay.

Day 4: Breakfast buffet. Drive to Le Touquet. Check into spa hotel. Dinner in local typical french bistro with a fantastic atmosphere. Hotel stay with spa.

Day 5: Breakfast buffet. Farewell photo session.

Champagne & Burgundy

Champagne & Burgundy

Description

Where: Epernay to Beaune to Chartres to Le Touquet

How Long: 5 Days

Tour Operator: Odball Events
Available: Summer 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Epernay to Beaune to Chartres to Le Touquet

Day 1: Arrival with Meet & Greet at Euro Tunnel. Drive to Champagne House for tour and welcome champagne tasting. Dinner in charming local restaurant. Hotel stay.

Day 2: Breakfast buffet. Drive to Beaune. Hotel check-in. Dinner and wine tasting at rustic bistro. Hotel stay.

Day 3: Breakfast buffet. Drive to Chartres. Hotel check-in. Three course meal in an idyllic restaurant with local produce. Hotel stay.

Day 4: Breakfast buffet. Drive to Le Touquet. Check into spa hotel. Dinner in local typical french bistro with a fantastic atmosphere. Hotel stay with spa.

Day 5: Breakfast buffet Farewell photo session.

Chinon-Classic

Chinon-Classic

Description

Where: France Loire Valley

How Long: 5 Days

Enjoy a long weekend in the Loire Valley at the Chinon Classic event. This event had evolved from the Grand Prix de Tours, which has been successfully welcoming enthusiasts to Tours for 15 years

Tour Operator: Classic Grand Touring
Available: 21st June – 25th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



We have selected a hotel in the centre of town; from here the Saturday rally winds around the prettiest parts of the Loire, with a château lunch being a real highlight. On Sunday the demonstrations take place in the centre of Chinon; you are welcome to join in with your car too!

Thursday 21st June

Board the 22.45 hrs sailing at Portsmouth bound for the port of Caen. Your comfortable onboard accommodation is reserved for you.

Friday 22nd June

On arrival into France, we tackle the Caen ring road before peeling off onto quite French backroads to a breakfast stop in Putanges. The enjoyable d-roads continue from here as we carry on down to Le Mans. We then pick up the D304 down to la Chartre-sur-le-Loir, this road was used by the Ford GT40 race team travelling to and from the Le Mans 24 hours race circuit. We will have lunch at the famous Hotel de France, where the GT40 team were based over the 24 hour race weekend back in the 60’s. From here we have a beautiful two-hour drive to the town of Chinon, where we are based for the next three nights. Dinner this evening is included.

Saturday 23rd June

Today we join the official Chinon-Classic rally which takes in the best roads around the Loire with checkpoints along the way. There is a stunning chateau lunch location before meandering back into Chinon. This evening there is a gala dinner in the vaults of a wine producer’s caves.

Sunday 24th June

Today the roads around the town are closed off for the demonstrations. You are in prime position to spectate and even take your car out and show the crowds what it can do. There is plenty to see and do in the town during the day with a large car paddock, exhibitors and stands, not to mention the bars and restaurants. This evening we have a finale dinner in the town.

Monday 25th June

After breakfast, you make your way back up to Caen (170 miles) for the 16:30 hrs sailing back to Portsmouth.

Alpine Adventure Alpine Adventure Alpine Adventure Alpine Adventure

Alpine Adventure

Description

Where: France, Italy, Switzerland, Austria and Germany

How Long: 6 Days

The event is a 2000 mile, 6-day road tour that travels to Lake Lucerne, the San Bernardino Pass, the Julier Pass, St Moritz, the Umbrail Pass, the Stelvio Pass, the Bormio Pass, Cortina d’Ampezzo, the Grossglockner Pass, the Radstadter Pass, the Solk Pass, the Austrian F1 GP at the Red Bull Ring, Salzburg and the Nurburgring

Tour Operator: Circuit Days
Available: 28th June - 3rd July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The event is a 2000 mile, 6-day road tour that travels to Lake Lucerne, the San Bernardino Pass, the Julier Pass, St Moritz, the Umbrail Pass, the Stelvio Pass, the Bormio Pass, Cortina d’Ampezzo, the Grossglockner Pass, the Radstadter Pass, the Solk Pass, the Austrian F1 GP at the Red Bull Ring, Salzburg and the Nurburgring, along the way staying in only the finest luxury hotels and chateau mansions. All cars are welcome.

Itinerary

Thursday
Folkestone – Calais – Lake Lucerne
Accommodation – Schloss Golden Gate, Lake Lucerne

Friday
Lake Lucerne – Stelvio Pass – Cortina d’Ampezzo
Accommodation – Cristallo Hotel, Cortina d’Ampezzo

Saturday
Cortina d’Ampezzo – Grossglockner Pass – Klagenfurt
Accommodation – Seepark Congress, Klagenfurt

Sunday
Klagenfurt – Red Bull Ring – Salzburg
Accommodation – Sheraton Grand, Salzburg

Monday
Salzburg – Nurburgring
Accommodation – Lindner Congress, Nurburg

Tuesday
Nurburgring – Calais – Folkestone

Leominster to Shelsley Walsh

Leominster to Shelsley Walsh

Description

Where: Herefordshire and Worcestershire

How Long: Approx 21 Miles

Added: 16 April 2013

This road was sent in by Shaun Lawry one of our twitter followers @shaunlawry and takes in the A4112, A456, A443 and B4203



Watch the Youtube video at

http://youtu.be/N1×0kb6NFTs

This is a fast flowing road, which appears well surfaced and generally uncluttered. Tenbury Wells lies approximately half way along the route and the finish point at Shelsley Walsh is always worth a visit when there is an event on.

The Borders & Northumberland Tour

The Borders & Northumberland Tour

Description

Where: English Lakes, Northumberland and Scottish Borders

How Long: 7 Days

There are still some parts of South West Scotland we haven’t explored and it is a while since we have spent any time in the Borders so that is where we will be going this time, with a little bit in the English lakes and some time in Northumberland

Tour Operator: cct (MK)
Available: August 1st - August 8th 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Borders & Northumberland Tour

Having run Scottish Tours for the last 15 years we felt last year that we had run out of ideas and maybe it would be good to rest Scotland for a year.

Such was the demand for something north of the border that we hastily put a few of the ‘best bits’ from previous years together and it resulted it what many people regarded as the best Scottish Tour ever.

Well – we can’t beat that, so this year (2017) we are going a little bit lower key – and a little bit lower down! There are still some parts of South West Scotland we haven’t explored and it is a while since we have spent any time in the Borders, so that is where we will be going this time, with a little bit in the English lakes and some time in Northumberland. It should therefore still be a very full and interesting tour.

(We are looking at something a little more ‘exotic’ for next year, 2018, in an area we definitely haven’t been – there is always a cunning plan!)

Monday July 31st Dinner at the Crooklands Hotel

Day One August 1st

We start from one of our favourite hotels, The Crooklands, just off the M6 motorway south of Kendal. We will cross the motorway and head straight into the Lake District National Park, passing through the picturesque Lyth Valley before crossing Gummers How which looks down on the southern end of Windermere. A coffee stop will be taken at the excellent Lakeland Motor Museum. We have been here many times but there is always something new to see.

From the museum we go via country lanes to Grizebeck Hill which affords spectacular views over the Duddon Estuary to the imposing Black Combe. We traverse the flanks of Black Combe via Corney Fell, where, from the summit, on a clear day you can see the Isle of Man. We will descend to the coast and have lunch at Muncaster Castle.

The afternoon run then takes us past the stunning scree slopes at Wastwater and on to the unfortunately named Cold Fell which gives us views out over the Irish Sea. We pass through Ennerdale (NOT Emmerdale!) and run alongside the beautiful lakes of Lowes Water and Buttemere. We then climb the awesome Newlands Pass and drop down to Keswick. A final main road run brings us to one of the best views in the lakes as we descend to the shores of Ullswater and our hotel for the night, another of our favourites, Leeming House.

Day Two August 2nd

From Leeming we follow the lake north and by-pass the town of Penrith and take the old A6 road north before crossing over to the tranquil Eden Valley. We follow the valley north and skirt the city of Carlisle as we make our way to Gretna Green for coffee.

Now over the Border we continue north using the now very quiet old main road to Glasgow, superseded by the motorway which now runs parallel. After Lockerbie we take to more minor roads on our way to the Forest of Ae where we pass secluded lochs on the way to Auldgirth for lunch.

After lunch we make our way out into open moorland and then back into the forests and a stop for tea at the lovely Clatteringshaws Loch. From here we descend to Newton Stewart and then take some very minor roads over the hills to our impressive hotel for the next two nights, The Cally Palace.

Day Three – August 3rd

This morning we head back into the forests and within a few miles of the hotel are in surprisingly remote and mountainous countryside on the edge of the vast Galloway Forest Park. We pass through Newton Stewart again and then into Glentrool Forest where we pass the pretty Loch Ochiltree. As we climb to the north we get panoramic views over the surrounding forest before we turn west to the coast. We now take the main road north to Girvan with superb views out over the Irish Sea and the cone shaped island of Ailsa Craig which produces the granite used for making curling stones.

After a stop for lunch on the coast we continue south on the main road through Glen App and past the ferry ports at Cairnryan. Avoiding the ferry traffic we turn inland again and take the minor road following ‘The Water of Luce’ to Glen Luce. Now we cross onto the Wigtown Penninsula (or the Machars) where we follow the coast for a while before cutting across country to Wigtown, the ‘Book Town of the North’.

We will have a break for tea before looping around Wigtown Bay and return to our hotel via the main road.

Day Four August 4th

Leaving ‘Cally Pally’ we go through Laurieston Forest on our way to the picturesque Loch Ken. We follow the shores of the loch northward and pass through New Galloway on our way to Thornhill. We cross the busy A76 and take the superb driving road through the Dalvine Pass which snakes between the mountains and climbs steadily into the Lowther Hills. At the summit we turn back for lunch at the mining centre at Wanlockhead, Scotland’s highest village!

The afternoon run is relatively short as we turn east again to cross the M74 and skirt the Tinto Hills on the way to Peebles and our hotel a few miles down the road in open countryside, The Cardrona Hotel, where we spend the next two nights.

Day Five August 5th

South to the Borders today.

We start with a run over the spectacular Talla and Megget Reservoir road which climbs into the hills and then suddenly makes a stunning descent to the shores of the Talla Reservoir. We then have a more gentle run down the very scenic main road to Moffat for a coffee stop.

From Moffat we head south on minor roads before cutting across the hills to Langholm where another spectacular run brings us to the edge of Kielder Forest. This time we don’t go into the heart of the forest but instead follow the route of the old Waverley Railway, the northern part of which has been re-opened as a commuter line into Edinburgh. We don’t go quite that far though as we stop for lunch in Hawick.

The afternoon run takes us back into the hills and past the pretty and intriguingly named ‘Alemoor’ reservoir into the picturesque Ettrick valley. We follow the valley north to Selkirk and then the main road back to our hotel via a stop for tea at the nearby Traqhair House which looks more like a French chateau than a Scottish country house.

Day Six August 6th

Jim Clark Country today.

Our penultimate day starts by dodging the golf balls as we cross the course north of Inverleithen. We climb through the un-spoilt Moorfoot Hills and skirt the Lammermuir Hills to Haddington. We then cross the busy A1 to visit the fascinating Museum of Flight at East Fortune.

After a look around Concord and a coffee we head back to the Lammermuir Hills and head south past the Whiteadder Reservoir on our way to Duns with panoramic views over the patchwork quilt like countryside of the Tweed Valley. We stop for a visit to the atmospheric Jim Clark Rooms in Duns, a monument to the famous Grand Prix driver. We then have a short run to the impressive Paxton House for lunch.

After lunch we pay a brief visit to Berwick on Tweed before heading south to Wooler with the beautiful Cheviot Hills ahead of us. We pass Chillingham Castle, famous for its wild cows, and make our way to the fabulous Alnwick Castle made famous in Harry Potter films. There is then just a short run over the hills to our hotel near Rothbury.

Day Seven August 7th

Our last day finishes with a spectacular drive back into Cumbria, but first we loop north around Rothbury and the pretty Coquet Valley to the stunning foothills of the Cheviots. We then cross the imposing Otterburn Military ranges and stop for coffee at the Otterburn Woollen Mill. From here we cross the moors and pass the edge of the mighty Kielder Forest on good driving roads before crossing Hadrian’s Wall and down to Haydon Bridge. We stop for lunch at the fabulous Langley Castle.

The afternoon run is the ‘grand finale’ of the tour with a run down the full length of the A686, voted by the AA as ‘the best drive in Britain’. This takes in the fantastic Hartside Pass with its Stelvio-like hairpin bends and views over the Eden Valley as far as the Solway Firth. We descend into the valley and the final run back along Ullswater to our hotel, Leeming House again.

Classic Europe

Classic Europe

Description

Where: Scottish Highlands

How Long: 7 Days

Each year we run a European tour in which participants drive their own vehicles. The tour is non competitive and open to any vehicle, classic or modern. Previous tours have included visits to Croatia, Romania, Portugal and Italy.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Journeys
Available: 15th September -20th September 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



For the first time, next year’s tour remains in the UK with a fabulous tour of the highlands of Scotland. Full details are on the Itinerary page.

The trip will take in some of Scotland’s finest scenery. There are parts of the tour that are so remote and wild you will find it hard to believe you are still in the British Isles. Broadly we will be travelling a circular route, up the middle and down the west coast.

Unlike continental Europe it is fair to say that many of the roads are not ‘fast’, however you will not be disappointed with the choice of route. As you can imagine we are avoiding main roads. Having said that the road surfaces are good and where we are on single track roads there a numerous very wide passing spaces with excellent visibility.

September 15th to 21st

Friday 15th September
The tour begins in Crieff in a smart 4 star hotel. The hotel is one of the largest leisure facilities in Scotland and offers a whole range of outdoor and indoor activities. Perhaps you might like to arrive on Friday afternoon and take part in an activity. Have a look at the website here for a list. Crieff is just north of Sterling and a very good visit is Stirling Castle. We’re not doing it on the event but did do it on the recce. It’s an excellent tour (about 2 hours) with loads of parking. Also within range is Edinburgh so you could easily spend a night there on the way north. In the evening we will have a welcome dinner in a private dining room.

Saturday 16th September
We start our trip heading south, calling into Drummond Castle renowned for having the finest terraced gardens in Scotland. Next it’s south past Sterling and on to Falkirk where we will call in for coffee at the Falkirk Wheel, the world’s only rotating boat lift. Nearby, if you fancy it you can visit The Kelpies, the worlds largest equine structures – 100ft high steel horses’ heads. We then head west towards the Trossachs and over Dukes Pass before making our way past several lochs on a lovely route back to Crieff stopping at a site where with luck we may see some leaping salmon. We are staying two nights in the same hotel. In the evening we will pay a visit to a local distillery and then it’s a free evening to either dine in the hotel or at one of the local restaurants.

Sunday 17th September
We leave Crieff and head towards Perth where you’ll have a choice of visits. Either to Stanley Mills – a huge water powered cotton mill which closed after 200 years in 1989 and is now an industrial heritage site – or to Scone Palace, one of Scotland’s most important stately homes and for many years the crowning place of Kings of Scotland. From there we head north through the Cairngorm National Park on a stunning route before heading west to finish in Fort Augustus on the southern tip of Loch Ness. We’re staying in a 4 star hotel and we will all dine in the hotel.

Monday 18th September
We start the day with a drive along the northern side of Loch Ness before heading north, avoiding Inverness. Next we take a north westerly route towards the top of Scotland and then turn south, down the west coast probably stopping at Ullapool for a late lunch. In the afternoon we pass Loch Ewe, the gathering place in WW2 for the the Russian convoys. There is still much evidence of it’s military past including a whole complex of concrete barracks and gun emplacements. Just nearby are the gardens of Inverewe, now run by the National Trust and featuring many exotic plants from across the globe. Our overnight stop is inland at a large coaching inn where we will dine in the hotel.

Tuesday 19th September
We head back towards the west coast on a wild road towards Applecross before heading over Bealach Na Ba which boasts the greatest ascent of any road in the UK rising from sea level to over 2000ft and often referred to as one of Scotland’s most spectacular drives. At lunchtime there will be an opportunity to visit, Eilean Donan Castle, Scotlands most photographed landmark. By mid afternoon we will cross on to the Isle of Skye where the route takes you past some of Skye’s notable landmarks including the beautiful Quiraing pass where the energetic can park at the top and do the Quiraing walk (6.8kms and 2 hours). Our hotel, on the southern end of Skye is another large coaching inn. We will have dinner in the hotel.

Wednesday 20th September
In the morning we are booked on the first ferry from the south of the island across to the main land. Then it’s a lovely drive passing the viaduct featured in Harry Potter and then on to Fort William. We take a stop at Neptune’s Staircase, the longest staircase lock in the UK, and then it’s on to the Commando Memorial at Spean Bridge. After a lunch stop in Fort William we head south through the wild and bleak Glencoe, perhaps stopping to take a ride on the chairlift, before reaching our final destination in a 5 star hotel on the shores of Loch Lomond. If you wish before dinner you have the option to take a flight in a float plane from the hotels jetty before returning for our final dinner.

Thursday 21st September
After a leisurely breakfast you are free to begin the journey home.

Great Western Run Great Western Run Great Western Run Great Western Run

Great Western Run

Description

Where: USA

How Long: 15 Days

The event is a 3000 mile, 2-week road tour that travels to Las Vegas, the Grand Canyon, Flagstaff, Albuquerque via Route 66, Amarillo, the US F1 GP at the Circuit of the Americas in Austin, El Paso, Phoenix, San Diego and Los Angeles, along the way staying in only the finest luxury hotels.

Tour Operator: Circuit Days
Available: 13th October - 27th October 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The event is a 3000 mile, 2-week road tour that travels to Las Vegas, the Grand Canyon, Flagstaff, Albuquerque via Route 66, Amarillo, the US F1 GP at the Circuit of the Americas in Austin, El Paso, Phoenix, San Diego and Los Angeles, along the way staying in only the finest luxury hotels.

Itinerary

Saturday
Heathrow – Los Angeles
Accommodation – Hyatt Regency LAX, Los Angeles

Sunday
Los Angeles – Las Vegas
Accommodation – The Mirage, Las Vegas

Monday
Las Vegas
Accommodation – The Mirage, Las Vegas

Tuesday
Las Vegas – Grand Canyon – Flagstaff
Accommodation – the Little America, Flagstaff

Wednesday
Flagstaff – Route 66 – Albuquerque
Accommodation – Hotel Parq Central, Albuquerque

Thursday
Albuquerque – Amarillo
Accommodation – Marriott Downtown, Amarillo

Friday
Amarillo – Austin
Accommodation – Renaissance, Austin

Saturday
US F1 GP qualifying
Accommodation – Renaissance, Austin

Sunday
US F1 GP race
Accommodation – Renaissance, Austin

Monday
Austin – El Paso
Accommodation – Hilton Double Tree, El Paso

Tuesday
El Paso – Phoenix
Accommodation – Arizona Biltmore, Phoenix

Wednesday
Phoenix – San Diego
Accommodation – Andaz Hotel, San Diego

Thursday
San Diego
Accommodation – Andaz Hotel, San Diego

Friday
San Diego – Los Angeles
Accommodation – Hyatt Regency LAX, Los Angeles

Saturday
Los Angeles – Heathrow

Jersey International Motoring Festival Jersey International Motoring Festival Jersey International Motoring Festival Jersey International Motoring Festival Jersey International Motoring Festival

Jersey International Motoring Festival

Description

Where: Jersey, Channel Islands

How Long: 4, 5 or 7 days

Jersey – Sparkling seas, golden sands, rugged cliffs, picturesque harbours and fascinating countryside await the visitor to Jersey. A welcoming island that offers the best of Britain with the added zest of France.

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 30th May - 5th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Jersey – Sparkling seas, golden sands, rugged cliffs, picturesque harbours and fascinating countryside await the visitor to Jersey. A welcoming island that offers the best of Britain with the added zest of France.The largest and most southerly of the Channel Islands but still only 45 square miles, Jersey is situated on the edge of the Gulf Stream, 100 hundred miles south of England and 14 miles from France.

Enjoy a 4, 5 or 7 Day Tour to the Channel Islands for the 2018 Jersey International Motoring Festival

Other things to do & places to visit…
Corbiere Lighthouse (La Corbiere) – Completed in 1874, Corbière Lighthouse was the first such structure in the British Isles built entirely from concrete, rather than traditional stone.

German Underground Hospital – The Jersey War Tunnels is a thought provoking collection of images, sounds and visually historical items. They portray (in an unbiased fashion) the history of the occupation of Jersey

The Jersey International Motoring Festival is the largest annual motoring event in the Channel Islands, comprising competitive sprint and hillclimbs for classic & vintage cars and motorcycles. There is a full programme of events for touring cars and motorcycles and the largest static motor show in the Channel Islands featuring motor and ancillary trade stands and exhibits from all Jersey motoring clubs. The essence of the weekend is to create a friendly and relaxed atmosphere on this beautiful Island and there are opportunities for car and motorcycle enthusiasts to use and display their “pride and joy” whether this be a veteran, vintage or classic, touring or competition car.

Jersey International Motoring Festival Itinerary

DAY 1 – Condor Ferries high-speed ferry crossing from Poole to Jersey. After disembarkation you’ll make the short drive to your hotel with the remainder of the afternoon and evening at leisure.

DAY 2 – Enjoy the International Festival of Motoring schedule of events
OR – Explore some of the Island’s attractions on our West Island Tour
Mileage: approx. 28 miles

DAY 3 – Enjoy the International Festival of Motoring schedule of events
OR – Explore the shops and attractions on the Island

DAY 4 – Enjoy the International Festival of Motoring schedule of events
OR – Explore some of the Island’s attractions on our East Island Tour
Mileage 24 miles.

DAY 5 – Check-out from the hotel is 11h00 , followed by the day at leisure in Jersey. Please be sure to check -in for your return ferry crossing no later than one hour prior to your sailing time.
Back to main tour page Dates, Prices & Ferry Times
5 Day, 4 Night Itinerary …
7 Day, 6 Night Itinerary …
As above plus 2 additional days at leisure in Jersey

Pacific Coast Tour to Pebble Beach 2017

Pacific Coast Tour to Pebble Beach 2017

Description

Where: Monterey Bay and Laguna Seca

How Long: 12 Days, 11 Nights

This Classic GT tour is designed around the Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance in Monterey Bay and the historic racing at Laguna Seca to give you an authentic American road trip.

Tour Operator: Classic Grand Touring
Available: 10th August – 22nd August 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Join us on the road trip of a life time…..

This Classic GT tour is designed around the Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance in Monterey Bay and the historic racing at Laguna Seca to give you an authentic American road trip. With the choice of driving a Mustang or a Camaro included in the tour, you will experience an unforgettable journey from Las Vegas to Los Angeles with the chequered flag waving in San Francisco 2 weeks later!

Tour itinerary

Thursday 10th August

The excitement begins as you board your chosen flight heading for Las Vegas, the entertainment capital of the world! You will spend two nights in a prestigious hotel giving you plenty of opportunity to enjoy this vibrant city. We will be on hand to recommend some of the best attractions Vegas has to offer.

Friday 11th August

Our Tour Manager will meet you and your fellow tour companions for breakfast in the hotel and arrange transportation for you to collect your pre-selected car.

Once we’re all in our driving seats, we hit the road and head for the Nevada Desert. Our first day on the road includes a visit to the spectacular Hoover Dam before heading back to our hotel. You will enjoy a fabulous dinner with your companions at a top restaurant in town.

Saturday 12th August

After breakfast we pack the cars and prepare for our 300km drive from Las Vegas to Twentynine Palms in California, through the heart of the Mojave Desert along empty, dusty roads where the desert stretches out as far as you can see. The routes for today and tomorrow include sections of the famous Route 66.

After a long hot day driving the Mother Road, you’ll end the day at the hotel with a cooling dip in the pool and a refreshing cold beer! An authentic western dinner is on the menu this evening.

Sunday 13th August

Today we drive from the desert floor up into the San Gabriel Mountains. Winding our way up this snake-like road, you will feel and see the desert heat falling away behind us. Enjoy the spectacular views as we climb up over the range to 7,000 feet and arrive in the mountain resort of Big Bear Lake in time for lunch at the hotel.

Monday 14th August

After breakfast we pack the cars and fill up with gas, ready for our drive down to Los Angeles. With the mist rising off the lake, we head for “The Rim of the World Highway” which runs the length of this beautiful mountain range. After a day traversing the high passes and crossing scenic ridges on the San Gabriel’s we will drop down into LA, our base for the next 2 nights.

Tuesday 15th August

After three days of driving across dusty deserts and navigating hair-pin bends in the mountains, we will cruise along the famous Sunset Strip. Our luxurious hotel is perfectly located to enjoy plenty of Hollywood driving experiences, from Mulholland Drive to a scenic trip along the edge of the Pacific Ocean. With two days in LA, you will have time to enjoy the variety of attractions on offer in Tinseltown!

Wednesday 16th August

Our road trip moves on today, joining the Pacific Coast Highway (Highway One) at Santa Monica and heading north towards Monterey. Highway One is one of America’s most famous roads and at times it is suspended between cliffs and the ocean. This dramatic route will continue through picturesque towns and take us to our overnight stop-over.

Thursday 17th August

Today’s driving on Highway One is even better than the previous day with the scenery becoming even more spectacular. We arrive in Big Sur ready for the weekend’s events, and also meet up with the Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance tour.

Friday 18th August

After our first night in Monterey, we head off to enjoy the fabulous surroundings with a coastal drive along the 17 Mile Drive to Pebble Beach, one of the most scenic drives in the world. As Monterey County is one of California’s leading wine-producing regions, we will visit a winery for a tasting session to sample some regional favourites.

Saturday 19th August

Today we head to one of the most iconic race tracks in the world – Laguna Seca. Renowned for its high speed corners and terrifying corkscrew corner, Laguna Seca is one of the tracks that drivers find the most challenging. The Rolex Monterey Motorsports Reunion hosts around 550 of the finest collection of historic cars and brings them back to their natural racing environment.

Sunday 20th August

As today is the main day of judging at the Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance, we will spend the day viewing some of the finest historic automobiles and motorcycles in the world and soak up the atmosphere of this elegant event. At the end of the day we head back to the hotel for our final night in Monterey.

Monday 21st August

After breakfast, we set off on our 200km coastal route from Monterey to the beautiful ‘City by the Bay’ – San Francisco via the famous Golden Gate bridge. Upon arrival we will check into our hotel and arrange for the cars to be handed back. The final night of our tour will be spent enjoying the vibrant sights and cuisine that this awesome city has to offer.

Tuesday 22nd August

Today we check out of the hotel and board our private transfers to San Francisco International airport for your return flights to the UK.

Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour

Norwegian Fjords Tour

Description

Where: Norway and Denmark

How Long: 15 Days

Discover the truly stunning scenery of southern Norway. This tour takes you on an amazing journey through historical, cultural and scenic delights. Highlights include visiting the spectacular fjords, exploring the exquisite towns of Bergen and Alesund, driving some of the world’s most thrilling mountain passes, past breath-taking scenery, and discovering one of the most beautiful countries in the world.

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 14th - 28th June 2012

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Day One: Thursday 14 June
Leave Harwich, England at 17.45 (check in at 17.00) and take the overnight crossing to Esbjerg, Denmark. Two-berth, sea-view cabins will be booked for your overnight comfort. There are two restaurants on board, a cinema and a cafe.

Day Two: Friday 15 June
Arrive in Esbjerg, Denmark at 13.00. Drive north, along the coast, to north Jutland. The scenery is graceful and dotted with pretty farms and log cabins. Stay overnight in a lovely old manor house near Hirtshals, in northern Denmark.

Day Three: Saturday 16 June
Take the ferry from Hirtshals, Denmark to Kristiansand, Norway, which is a 2 1/2 hour crossing. Enjoy the drive north, past lakes and over the mountains into Telemark, to Dalen and stay in a fabulous, wooden Gothic hotel at the top of a fjord. The interior and exterior of this hotel are exquisite.

Day Four: Sunday 17 June
Drive north to Bergen through the most beautiful scenery. There is a lovely little stave church to visit shortly after leaving the hotel. Drive over the mountains and along valleys, past the famous twin waterfalls of Latefossen to Bergen and stay for two nights. Once in Bergen the tour will spend two nights in a fabulous hotel on the waters edge, just seconds along the quay from the World Heritage-listed, and very picturesque, Bryggen. Light evening meals are included at the hotel, but if you want something more substantial there are many good restaurants to sample in Bergen.

Day Five: Monday 18 June
The day is yours to explore the many delights of Bergen. The old town is a fascinating area to explore, with little wooden houses jostled in the smallest of spaces on the hillside overlooking the harbour. Maybe include an Grieg concert at the composer’s home, Troldhaugen. Or climb up Floibanen and enjoy the view from the top, looking over the city and the sea.

Day Six: Tuesday 19 June
Leave Bergen and drive to Voss and then north for a wonderful drive to Vagsnes, passing Vik, with its medieval wooden stave church. It is then a short ferry trip, across Sognefjord, Norway’s longest and deepest fjord, to Balestrand, where you will stay in a beautiful wooden hotel right on the fjord edge. There is a fabulous and extensive buffet for dinner, with an incredible array of seafood.

Day Seven: Wednesday 20 June
Wind your way around the fjords and over the mountains to Stryn. Continue onto Alesund, a picturesque art deco town, entirely rebuilt after a devastating fire in 1904, and stay for two nights in another converted warehouse hotel, alongside the water. Alesund & Sunnmore is the perfect place to explore some of Norway’s most famous natural and cultural attractions. Alesund’s beautiful Art Nouveau architecture is known far and wide. The myriad of turrets, spires and beautiful ornamentation that give the town its distinctive character are like something from a fairytale. Sunnmore’s has a wonderful profusion of fjords, small fishing communities, island gems and majestic mountains to discover.

Day Eight: Thursday 21 June
Spend time exploring the picturesque town of Alesund. In the evening there is a cruise one of the most beautiful fjords in the world, Hjorundfjorden. Surrounded by majestic mountains, cruise along the fjord enjoying some of Norway’s most wonderful scenery. Disembark in Saebo and walk up to an historic period farm. After learning about the history have dinner in the beautiful original barn. Then return to Alesund late evening.

Day Nine: Friday 22 June
Leave Alesund and drive along the coast to Andalsnes, a quaint little town on a lake. Drive up the famous Trollstigen – an awesome road with hairpin bends, a 1:12 gradient and practically one lane all the way. Continue onto Geiranger and down the Eagle’s Highway into the valley. The hotel overlooks the Geirangerfjord, one of the most beautiful and photographed parts of Norway. There is also a small vintage car museum and the acclaimed Norwegian Fjord Centre to visit. Stay for two nights in a beautiful hotel just above the town and overlooking the area, with a spa and pool. A buffet dinner is included on both nights.

Day Ten: Saturday 23 June
Spend the day relaxing. There are some fabulous walks in the area, or take a boat trip down Geirangerfjord to Hellesylt to see the fjords from a different angle. The fjord is reputed for its magnificent waterfalls, such as Friaren, Desyvsostre and Brudesloret. The area is also famous for the many mountain farms, clinging to the mountain hills along the fjord. This beautiful place also offers some of the world’s most famous viewpoints; Ornesvingene, Flydalsjuvet and Dalssnibba.

Day Eleven: Sunday 24 June
The ascent south from Geiranger is a fabulous road of 37 hairpin bends. Today’s drive includes some sensational mountain passes and breathtaking scenery. Take the old road up to the summer skiing area (there will be a chance to indulge if you wish) at Strynefjell and then over the mountains on some stunning roads to Lom. Visit Roisheim, in the heart of the beautiful valley of Boverdalen, which consists of 12 perfectly preserved buildings from the 18th century. The chalets have been lovingly restored with utmost care. This is a great stop for lunch (included) and its excellent cuisine and wine cellar are only some of the reasons to visit this place, situated close to some of Norway’s tallest mountains. Continue over the mountains and descend to Lustrafjord, an arm of the Sogndalfjord. Visit the stunning 11th century stave church at Urnes before taking a little ferry across the fjord to stay overnight at Solvorn, on the edge of the fjord, at Norway’s oldest family-run hotel, a beautiful wooden building in lovely gardens. Dinner is at the hotel.

Day Twelve: Monday 25 June
To avoid some of Europe’s longest road tunnels, take a 2 1/2 hour ferry cruise along Sogndalfjord from Kaupanger to Gudvangen (included). Head south to Voss and then onto the orchard-growing area of Hardangerfjord. Visit the fabulous Voringsfossen. Stay overnight on the edge of the fjord at Lofthus in a lovely hotel, where dinner is included.

Day Thirteen: Tuesday 26 June
Drive along the edge of the fjord to Odda and then over the mountains, heading south. The scenery is beautiful and the driving fun. Arrive in Kristiansand and stay overnight in the best hotel in town, overlooking the harbour.

Day Fourteen: Wednesday 27 June
Take the early ferry (8am) from Kristiansand to Hirtshals in Denmark, arriving at 11.20am. It is then a four hour drive south, through Denmark’s gentle countryside to Esbjerg. The overnight ferry departs at 18.45. Dinner onboard is included.

Day Fifteen: Thursday 28 June
Arrive in Harwich, UK at 12 noon and depart for home

Aberystwyth to Llangurig Aberystwyth to Llangurig Aberystwyth to Llangurig Aberystwyth to Llangurig Aberystwyth to Llangurig

Aberystwyth to Llangurig

Description

Where: West Wales A44

How Long: 25 miles

Added: 18 October 2011

The A44 runs from the seaside town of Aberystwyth to the small village of Llangurig though some of the most beautiful countryside in Wales.


View Larger Map

Initially a pleasant drive away from the coast, the road changes at Cwmbrwyno and over the next stretch rises by about 100 metres and transforms into one of the most scenic drives you will ever experience. The road, generally smooth weaves through stunning almost Alpine like terrain with the last section of the road providing quick sweeping curves and chicanes which with such stunning scenery requires full concentration. A great road worth doing at least twice.

The Elan Valley The Elan Valley The Elan Valley The Elan Valley The Elan Valley

The Elan Valley

Description

Where: The heart of Mid Wales

How Long: Approx 16 miles

Added: 18 October 2011

In the heart of Wales, and again in stunning surroundings, this circular route through woodland and open moorland passes the reservoirs of Craig Goch and Penygarreg and often runs alongside the watercourses that feed them.


View Larger Map

The road, narrow in parts with passing places, rises and falls and with stretches of fast sweeping bends and blind crests is a challenging drive which combines with the stunning scenery to make this both challenging and enjoyable to drive. Watch out for patches of water and stray sheep on the road.

The Snake Pass The Snake Pass The Snake Pass The Snake Pass The Snake Pass

The Snake Pass

Description

Where: Peak District A57

How Long:

Added: 18 October 2011

Often driven in conjunction with the “Cat and Fiddle”, The Snake Pass was listed as one of the best driving roads by Auto Trader magazine in 2009 and is the name of the A57 road where it crosses the Peak District, between Manchester and Sheffield. The name usually refers to the section between Glossop and Ladybower reservoir, and at its highest point, it is 512 metres (1679 feet) above sea level.


View Larger Map

The road has superb views and the scenery is exceptional, particularly at the start of the descent into Glossop from where you can see to Manchester and beyond on a clear day. The name of the road matches its winding route, although originally derived from the Snake Inn which is one of the few buildings on this road.
During the summer, a lot of bikers use the Snake pass, and meet up at the Cafe at Glossop, and at the Sheffield end. The road which passes over the high ground between the flatter moorland, as its name suggests is a winding twisty road with lots of elevation changes and adverse cambers, and can be very slippery in poor weather conditions.

As with the Cat and Fiddle, this road has a bad accident record, and is usually one of the first roads in the area to close when it snows.

Notwithstanding that, it is a road that every driving enthusiast should drive.

Horncastle to Louth Horncastle to Louth Horncastle to Louth Horncastle to Louth Horncastle to Louth

Horncastle to Louth

Description

Where: The Lincolnshire Wolds A 153

How Long: 14 miles

Added: 01 August 2011

The A153 connects the market towns of Horncastle and Louth in The Lincolnshire Wolds, which is designated as an Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. A delight to drive.


View Larger Map

This is one of my personal favourite roads, which is usually fairly traffic free, and has lots of overtaking opportunities. The road has a combination of fast straights, long sweeping bends, tight corners and gradient and camber changes which make it both challenging and exciting to drive.

The road passes Cadwell Park, often described as the Mini Nurburgring (worth a stop) and has some stunning views at all times of the year.

Wild Atlantic Way

Wild Atlantic Way

Description

Where:

How Long: 8 Days

A Wonderful 8 Day, 7 Night Costal Tour including
Ireland’s Spectacular West Coast & the Ring of Kerry

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: June, July and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Explore one of Ireland’s most spectacular coastal routes, the Wild Atlantic Way. This remarkable coastal route stretches for 1500 miles along Ireland’s dramatic western seaboard taking in some of the most enchanting scenery in the world.

The Wild Atlantic Way is a world-famous coastal route that spans seven of Ireland’s counties, taking in some breathtaking scenery along the way. From Galway to Kerry and Kerry to Cork, the Wild Atlantic Way is a journey of discovery.You’ll drive routes that ring great peninsulas reaching out into the ocean. Tiny roads hug the shoreline then switchback high above the Atlantic swell. Tucked away in little villages and towns that snuggle into the coastline are delightful cafes and restaurants where you can indulge in your passion for good food and great wine.

Ireland’s west coast boasts some of the world’s most spectacular scenery from the towering Cliffs of Moher and the weird ‘lunar’ landscape of The Burren to wide, almost deserted sandy beaches and picturesque seaside villages such as Ballyvaughan and Quilty. One thing all these have in common is that they offer superb views of the Atlantic Ocean in all its moods.

Western Cape Safari Western Cape Safari Western Cape Safari Western Cape Safari

Western Cape Safari

Description

Where: South Africa

How Long: 7 Days

The 1st running of the highly anticipated Circuit Days Western Cape Safari. The event is a 1000 mile, 1 week road tour that travels along the Western Cape province of South Africa

Tour Operator: Circuit Days
Available: 2nd December - 9th December 201

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The 1st running of the highly anticipated Circuit Days Western Cape Safari!

The event is a 1000 mile, 1 week road tour that travels along the Western Cape province of South Africa, starting at Cape Town, travelling to Cape Agulhas, Knysna, the Aquila Safari Park and back to Cape Town. All participants get a 2017 Jeep Wrangler cabriolet for the week and are flown in to and out of Cape Town.

What’s Included
•Return direct flights
•Rental of a Jeep Wrangler cabriolet with GPS and full coverage insurance
•6 nights luxury accommodation (both flights overnight)
•Buffet breakfasts
•Night Safari
•Day Safari
•Completion of event celebration dinner at Cape Town
•Reunion track day in the UK
•All for 2 people

Itinerary

Saturday
Heathrow – Cape Town

Sunday
Cape Town
Accommodation – The Bay Hotel, Cape Town

Monday
Cape Town – Cape Agulhas
Accommodation – Arniston Spa, Cape Agulhas

Tuesday Cape Agulhas – Knysna
Accommodation – Simola Country Club, Knysna

Wednesday
Knysna – Aquila Safari
Accommodation – Aquila Safari Park, Aquila

Thursday
Aquila Safari
Accommodation – Aquila Safari Park, Aquila

Friday
Aquila Safari – Cape Town
Accommodation – The Bay Hotel, Cape Town

Saturday
Cape Town – Heathrow

Dales and Wales Tour Dales and Wales Tour

Dales and Wales Tour

Description

Where: Derbyshire Dales and Wales

How Long: 5 Days

The Dales on this occasion are the Derbyshire and Staffordshire Dales making it easy to combine routes here and across the Cheshire Plain to Wales.

Tour Operator: cct (MK)
Available: May 21ST - May 27TH 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



DALES TO WALES

The Dales on this occasion are the Derbyshire and Staffordshire Dales making it easy to combine routes here and across the Cheshire Plain to Wales.

SUNDAY 21st START – Dinner at the IZAAK WALTON Hotel in Dovedale.

Day One – Monday 22nd

First we head east to the pretty village of Tissington where we drive around the village green and onto minor roads which take us across to Carsington Water. We loop north to go around this expanse of water going through Kirk Ireton before looping back on moorland roads to the fascinating Tram Museum at Crich for a coffee stop.

From Crich we head north past Ogston Reservoir and across the hills east of Chesterfield going over “Big Moor” and Burbage Moor. We descend to Hathersage via Burbage Rocks and take the main road to Castleton for lunch. After lunch there is the spectacular climb over Winnats Pass where the road threads between rock faces as we climb to one of the Peak Districts highest peaks, Mam Tor. We pass the Blue John caverns and head through the stunning scenery near Rushup Edge before dropping down into the more built up areas of Chapel en le Frith and Whaley Bridge. The main road then takes us back to Buxton with views over the picturesque Goyt Valley. We go through the town and loop eastward to the equally picturesque Millers Dale and Cressbrook to the picture post card setting of Monsal Head. We can have tea here overlooking the famous view of the viaduct.

The final run takes us back on country roads to our hotel in Dovedale.

Day Two – Tuesday 23rd

We leave beautiful Dove Dale and head west on some narrow but very scenic roads on our way to the village of Butterton with its unusual combination of cobbled street and river/ford! (An alternative route will be available if we have heavy rain). The open moors of Staffordshire then bring us to Longnor before we cross the hills again to a coffee stop at the famous ‘Cat and Fiddle’ pub.

From coffee we travel down most of the spectacular pass of the same name before turning off into the forest above Macclesfield. We join the main road past Bosley Reservoir and avoid the built up areas as we cut across the Cheshire Plain to the impressive Jodral Bank telescope. We then skirt Northwich on our way to lunch at the amazing Anderton Boat lift. This massive structure is the Victorian equivalent of the Falkirk Wheel – “like a giant three-storey-high iron spider”.

From lunch we head further west back into the countryside and on to the more picturesque Delamere Forest. We then head south through quiet country lanes, passing Cholmondley Castle on our way to our hotel outside Whitchurch, just over the border in Shropshire.

Day Three – Wednesday 24th

Today we cross into Wales at the un-pronounceable village of Rhosclanercrugog? before heading north to Minerva. We then turn into the mountains and cross the open moors before passing the impressive rock formations of ‘Worlds End’ and as we descend from here we get wonderful views down into the Llangollen valley. Down in the valley we make our way to the amazing Pontcysilite Aqueduct for a coffee stop. (The brave and more energetic may like a walk across the vertigo inducing structure!).

After coffee we pass through Llangollen itself and stop to look around a fascinating little motor museum on the banks of the canal. Frome here we head north again over the fabulous Horse Shoe Pass and head towards Ruthin where we turn onto more minor roads which take us into the infamous Clocaenog Forest. (Famous for RAC rallies of old and used on the 2016 RALLY GB – we will stick to the tarmac though and not venture onto the gravel tracks). After cutting through the heart of the forest we will stop on the shores of tranquil Lyn Brenig for lunch.

After lunch we take a loop north before turning south again with views of the Snowdon Mountain range ahead. We then cut across country to Bala and go over the mountains back to Lake Vrynwy via the breathtaking road which runs high above the Tanat valley.

Day Four – Thursday 25th

The route today takes us back to Bala, but as you would expect not on the same road! We use another mountain road before passing through Bala and on to picturesque Lyn Celyn. We then cut across country to Betwys Coed for a coffee stop.

It is then back into Snowdonia, passing the Swallow Falls and Capel Curig to the top of the Llanberis Pass. We don’t go down the pass on this occasion but carry straight on down the spectacular valley road to Beddgelert. We continue south through the Aberglaslyn Pass and south to the fascinating village of Portmeirion for lunch.

After lunch we approach the town of Harlech on the coastal road which provides magnificent views of the castle above. We then follow the coast to Barmouth and the Mawdach estuary before turning inland to Dolgellau and on to Machynleth. Here we take a minor road up into the mountains again where we get spectacular views in every direction – on a clear day! A stop for tea at a remote little inn in a deserted mining village breaks the journey across the mountains back to Lake Vrynwy.

Day Five – Friday 26th

We go further south today, meandering through minor roads on our way to the impressive Powys Castle for coffee. From here it is a good main road run to Newtown and on to Llanidloes. We then follow the shores of the beautiful Lyn Cilwedog for some time before turning into the Hafren Forest. This little road continues for some miles through woods and over moors before we join the main road through spectacular scenery to the little village of Ponterwyd for a stop for lunch at the summit of the beautiful Vale of Rheidol.

After lunch it is back onto minor roads as we climb to the remote but picturesque Nant y Moch Reservoir. We follow the reservoir to a spectacular little mountain road which affords views as far as Barmouth Bay before descending steadily to the coast. We pass through Machynleth again before tackling the southern half of the “Hellfire Pass”. This awesome climb then brings us to our final mountain road back to Lake Vrynwy and down the west side of the lake to our hotel for a farewell dinner.

Italian Lakes and Mille Miglia Tour 2018 Italian Lakes and Mille Miglia Tour 2018 Italian Lakes and Mille Miglia Tour 2018 Italian Lakes and Mille Miglia Tour 2018

Italian Lakes and Mille Miglia Tour 2018

Description

Where: Italy and the Lakes

How Long: 7 or 5 Days

We will be organising our 10th tour to watch the Mille Miglia in 2018 with a 7 day tour that will start in Monaco, (following the Monaco Historic Grand Prix), or on Lake Orta, Italy and a 5 day tour starting on Lake Garda

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: May 14th -21st May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



SUMMARY DESCRIPTION

A 7 day escorted car tour starting in either Villefranche-Sur Mer, near Monaco, or Italy’s Orta San Giulio on Lake Orta next to Lake Maggiore and a 5 day tour where participants make their own way to Lake Garda.

Following the end of the 2018 Monaco Historic Grand Prix there is an opportunity to join our 7 day tour to watch the 2018 Mille Miglia either, direct fromVillefranche-Sur Mer, or by joining our tour on Lake Orta next to Lake Maggiore in northern Italy.

On Monday, the first day of our tour we leave Villefranche-Sur Mer and drive through Monaco and Menton then take the autoroute up to Lake Orta to our stylish hotel, a converted monastery on the lake side in the charming Orta san Giulio. In the late afternoon we relax on the lake and explore the charming medieval town.

Other participants not participating on our Monaco Historic tour make their own way to Lake Orta and join the tour on Monday afternoon on Lake Orta.

On Tuesday, the 2nd day of our tour, we travel on a scenic route around Lake Maggiore and Lake Lugano before arriving on Lake Como where we spend the evening in a stylish hotel in Moltrasio on the western shore.This evening there is a welcome pre-dinner drinks reception on the hotel’s terrace overlooking Lake Como.

On Wednesday, the 3rd day of our tour we drive a scenic mountain route over the Aprica Pass and then to Lake Iseo.After this we continue to Brescia, home of the Mille Miglia, where we visit the Mille Miglia museum before arriving in Desenzano del Garda on Lake Garda.This is where our stylish hotel is located overlooking the lake and this will be our base for the next 5 nights.This evening there is a welcome pre- dinner drinks reception on the hotel’s terrace roof terrace overlooking Lake Garda. Participants on the 5 day tour join the main tour today.

On Thursday, the 4th day of the tour, we either drive or take a taxi into Bresica to watch the build up to the 2018 Mille Miglia classic rally “re-run” which starts and finishes in Brescia. Early afternoon we return to our hotel to watch the Mille Miglia cars arriving in Desenzano at the first checkpoint on their 1,000 mile rally from Brescia to Rome and back to Brescia.

On Friday the 5th day of the tour there is an option to visit either Venice for the day by train or a driving tour of Lake Garda with lunch in and afternoon coffee in Sirmione often described as the “jewel in Lake Garda’s crown.

drive to Maranello, home of Ferrari, to visit the Ferrari museum in Maranello and the Lamborghini museum in Sant Agata Bolognese as well as the new “Casa Enzo Ferrari Museum” in Modena which opened for the first time in March 2012.

On Saturday, the 6th day of our tour we drive to Maranello, home of Ferrari, to visit the Ferrari museums in Maranello and Modena and the Lamborghini museum in Sant Agata..In the evening we watch the Mille Miglia cars arrive at their check-point on their way to Parma.

On Sunday, the 7th day of the tour in the morning, after a leisurely breakfast, we drive into Brescia where the Mille Miglia cars arrive after 1.30pm at the end of their 1,000 mile adventure.

On Monday morning our tour ends and clients make their own way home.

Route 66 America's Mother Road Route 66 America's Mother Road Route 66 America's Mother Road

Route 66 America's Mother Road

Description

Where: USA and Route 66

How Long: 20 Days

The romance of Route 66 continues to captivate people around the world running between Chicago and Los Angeles for over 2448 miles, this legendary old road passes through the heart of the United States on a diagonal trip that takes in some of the country’s most archetypal roadside scenes

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: May - October 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The romance of Route 66 continues to captivate people around the world running between Chicago and Los Angeles for over 2448 miles, this legendary old road passes through the heart of the United States on a diagonal trip that takes in some of the country’s most archetypal roadside scenes.

If you’re looking for great displays of neon signs, rusty middle-of-nowhere truck stops, or kitschy Americana, do as the song says and “get your kicks on Route 66”.

Route 66 passes through a diverse cross-section of American scenes, from the cornfields of Illinois all the way to the golden sands and sunshine of Los Angeles, passing by numerous landscapes including the Grand Canyon, the Native American communities of the desert Southwest, the small-town Midwest heartlands of Oklahoma and the Ozarks, as well as the gritty streets of St. Louis and Chicago. Whether you are motivated by an interest in history, feel a nostalgic yearning for the “good old days” Route 66 has come to represent, or simply want to experience first-hand the amazing diversity of people and landscapes that line its path, Route 66 offers an unforgettable journey into America, then and now.

When is the best time to drive Route 66 – The season starts in May and runs through to the end of October. Before or after that, you risk running into cold weather, especially in the midwest and the higher elevation portions of 66.

Weather – Really anytime between mid-May and mid-October you should have a lovely drive. There’s always a good chance you’ll see rain, as Route 66 is more than 2,400 miles long through varied terrain.

Tourist Traffic – Route 66 is growing in popularity, and not only cars but even large tour groups in buses are travelling The Mother Road. While 66 is inherently never going to be as busy as any given Interstate in America, chances are you’ll encounter more traffic in June, July and August. From the first week of September on, there will be less people on the roads as the summer’s over and people return to work.

In our opinion, the best time to drive Route 66 is Mid September to Mid October, but then Route 66 is a drive of a lifetime no matter what time of year or what the weather’s like

Monaco Historic GP Tour Monaco Historic GP Tour Monaco Historic GP Tour Monaco Historic GP Tour

Monaco Historic GP Tour

Description

Where: South of France

How Long: 5 or 10 Days

A 10 day tour, ( with a 5 day tour option) to Monaco on the Cote d’Azur to visit the 2018 Monaco Historic GP weekend

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: May 4th - May 14th

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



A 10 day tour, ( with a 5 day tour option) to Monaco on the Cote d’Azur to visit the 2018 Monaco Historic GP weekend.

Our route goes through some of France’s most stunning areas including the Loire Valley, the Dordogne, the Gorges des Tarn and Provence through scenic gorges and visiting, along the route, a dozen of France’s most beautiful villages,( les plus beaux villages).

Following an afternoon ferry crossing from Porsmouth to Ouistreham/Caen our first night is spent in Ouistreham.

The following day our scenic route takes us south to our next hotel, a 4* sumptuous chateau hotel in the Loire Valley where we spend a night in this beautiful region which is a UNESCO world heritage site.

We then leave the Loire Valley and drive south to the Dordogne our next overnight stop, this time staying in a 17th century converted moulin.

We then continue south east to Millau where we drive over the stunningly beautiful Millau bridge, the world’s highest and most beautiful suspension bridge spanning the Millau gorge.We then drive into the scenic Gorges des Tarn where our hotel is a on the banks of the river Tarn.

The next day we drive east into Provence through the Luberon area made famous by Peter Mayle in his best selling book “A year in Provence“then through some more of France’s most beautiful villages to our hotel near Aups which is a few miles south of the Gorges du Verdon, France’s Grand Canyon.

On our 5th day we enjoy a scenic route via gorges and pretty villages eventually arriving on the Cote d’Azur, near Nice from where we drive along the “Promenade des Anglais” to Villefranche sur Mer where our hotel for the next 4 nights is located.Participants on our 5 day tour join us tonight in our hotel.

The following day we visit nearby Cap Ferrat and the Eprussi Rothschild Villa and gardens then drive into Monaco and drive around the circuit and familiarise ourselves with the grand stand seating and parking arrangements over the weekend. We then return to Villefranche-sur-Mer for dinner at the hotel overlooking Villefranche Bay.

On Friday morning we visit the Greek Villa in Beaulieu followed by lunch in Eze Village and then return to the waterfront overlooking Villefranche harbour for afternoon coffee.

Saturday is practice and qualifying day for the 2018 Monaco Historic GP so we either take the train or drive into Monaco early morning where our grandstand seats are in Casino Square.On Sunday we again take the train or drive into Monaco early morning and watch the 2018 Monaco Historic Grand Prix.

The Transfagarasan Route The Transfagarasan Route

The Transfagarasan Route

Description

Where: Romania

How Long: 100 km approx

Added: 01 February 2013

Weaving its way through the Fagaras Mountains in Romania, this stunning drive is truly unforgettable as it climbs up to an altitude of 2034 meters and links Transylvania with it’s neighbouring province Muntenia. Driven by Top Gear, another great road not to be missed


View Larger Map

The road was built between 1970 and 1974 as a military route to enable Romania to be protected from possible invasion, and is one of the highest roads in Europe.

Driving this stunning road either from north to south or vice versa it is divided by a tunnel through the mountains which is almost 890 meters long and completely unlit, but ideal to let those revs rise and hear the sound reverbarate.

The scenery is simply stunning, but varies from the barren North side to the wonderful greenery of the warmer south side.

With 27 viaducts and bridges, tight corners, and narrow roads this is a challenging road, to be enjoyed rather than maxxed out.

On the route you will find the Poienari fortress, which it is believed inspired Bram Stoker’s Dracula. But Balea Waterfall and Glaciar Lake, and the Vidraru Lake and Dam are great photo opportunities.

The road is usually closed usually closes from October until June, and sometimes outside these months due to snow.

Definitely one for the bucket list and one of the most amazing and unforgettable drives you can have

Trollstigen - Norway Trollstigen - Norway

Trollstigen - Norway

Description

Where: Norway

How Long: 6 km

Added: 28 October 2011

The Trollstigen or ‘The Troll Ladder’ as it’s known in English, is a steep winding mountain road located in the Rauma region of Norway.


View Larger Map

The six-kilometre long Trollstigen Mountain Road is part of the RV63 which connects Romsdal with Valldal and Sunnmøre. The road is normally open from mid-May to sometime in October, depending on when the snow arrives and when it melts.

Drivers who drive this challenging road are rewarded with a viewing balcony at the top, offering spectacular views of the winding turns and the Stigfossen waterfall which also runs down the mountainside

Vehicles more than 12.4 metres long are not allowed on Trollstigen.

Trollstigen was opened on 31 July 1936 by King Haakon VII. The road took eight years to build.

Discovering Kent Discovering Kent Discovering Kent

Discovering Kent

Description

Where: Kent

How Long: 5 Days

A 5 day tour of Kent known as the Garden of England, with orchards, vineyards and fields with hops but also many other attractions, imposing cathedrals, beautiful castles and stunning gardens

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 2nd September - 6th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Kent is known as the Garden of England, with orchards, vineyards and fields with hops but also many other attractions, imposing cathedrals, beautiful castles and stunning gardens – all connected by scenic country lanes. Enjoy a four-night stay in a beautiful country house hotel, with three days of lovely driving around this historic county.

Kent is often overlooked as people head through to Dover and the continent but it’s well worth a more detailed exploration. It is also a fabulous introduction to the English countryside for those living in mainland Europe. Kent is the English county closest to the continent, easy to reach with a short ferry crossing or just 35 minutes through the tunnel under the English Channel.

Northumbria Tour Northumbria Tour Northumbria Tour Northumbria Tour Northumbria Tour

Northumbria Tour

Description

Where: Northumbria, County Durham and Scotland

How Long: 8 Days

Explore the beautiful Northumbria in north-east England Northumberland, parts of County Durham, and a brief foray in Scotland, for 8 days. It’s not all Romans, ruins and windswept islands.

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 8th April - 16th April 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Explore the beautiful Northumbria in north-east England – Northumberland, parts of County Durham, and a brief foray in Scotland, for 8 days. It’s not all Romans, ruins and windswept islands – there are grand houses, gastro pubs and quirky shops. The tour will be based at just two luxury hotels and includes visits to Alnwick Castle & Gardens, Bamburgh Castle, Hadrian’s Wall, the stunning Northumberland coast, Lindisfarne, and the wonderful towns of Corbridge and Hexham. It’s a large region, wild in parts, with lots of space. There are fewer cars and the roads offer maximum enjoyments as beautiful scenery unfolds in every direction.

Day 1 : 8 April 2018

Drive to Langley Castle for check-in any time after 3pm. There will be a welcome dinner for everyone at 7.30pm.

Day 2 : 9 April 2018

Enjoy a circular tour crossing Hadrian’s Wall and heading north to Bellingham and Otterburn, and then crossing the border into Scotland and visiting the lovely town of Jedburgh with it’s ruined abbey. This makes a great place for lunch and you can also visit Mary, Queen of Scots House or the jail. Return to England through Kielder Forest and past Kielder Water.

We have a delightful afternoon tea at Hesleyside Hall, home of the Charlton family – once an infamous Border Reiver family – followed by a tour and history of this beautiful house. Return to the hotel. Dinner is not included this evening.

Day 3 : 10 April 2018

A lovely drive today that also encompasses the very best of Hadrian’s Wall. Start with a drive to Alston, along one of the country’s most scenic roads, before heading north, just into Cumbria, and Lanercost Priory. Then work your way east, along Hadrian’s Wall, visiting the forts and sites at Birdoswald, Vindolanda, Housesteads and Chesters – all of which have really excellent displays to see just how Roman life was in this area from the 1st to 3rd centuries AD. Return to the hotel for a well-earned dinner.

Day 4 : 11 April 2018

Discover south Northumberland and Co. Durham with a drive through Allendale and the pretty villages of Allendale Town and Allenheads. Traverse Weardale and then drive along Teesdale, visiting the lead mining museum and High Force waterfall on the way. There is also the chance to visit the fabulous Bowes Museum. Drive north over stunning open moorland to the lovely village of Blanchland and then onto Hexham – a perfect spot for a wander and perhaps dinner. Dinner is not included this evening.

Day 5 : 12 April 2018

Leave Langley Castle and drive north-east to the lovely Wallington House and Gardens, followed by a visit to Belsay Hall and Gardens – both well worth a visit and a stroll around the wonderful gardens. Continue north to Alnwick and on to the next hotel – a lovely country house hotel set in manicured parkland. Dinner is included this evening.

Day 6 : 13 April 2018

Head to Rothbury and Cragside, the former home of Victorian industrialist and inventor, Lord Armstrong. Cragside has many firsts, including being the first house in the world to be lit by electricity. The 100-room house and its 40 acre grounds and gardens are really worth the visit. Drive to the coast at Amble and then pass Warkworth Castle. Dinner is not included.

Day 7 : 14 April 2018

Head out to the coast and visit the impressive Bamburgh Castle. The little village of Bamburgh also makes a lovely coffee stop. Continue onto Holy Island or Lindisfarne, reached by a tidal causeway. Here you can see the ruined priory and Lindisfarne Castle. Drive on to the border town of Berwick upon Tweed. Then visit the estates at Ford and Etal before visiting the gardens at Mindrum. Return to the hotel via the town of Wooler and Chillingham Castle, famed for its wild cattle. Dinner is not included this evening.

Day 8 : 15 April 2018

Drive to Alnwick and spend the day exploring the fabulous Alnwick Castle and the truly stunning gardens. The town itself is also lovely, and any fan of books should make a bee-line for Barter Books in the former station – what a gem! Then drive to the coast at Alnmouth and wind your way back to the hotel. There is a final dinner this evening.

Day 9 : 16 April 2018

Depart for home after breakfast. For those heading south a visit to Beamish Museum, near Durham, is a superb visit and time-travel back a century.

Reims Champagne Classic & Sports Car Tour Reims Champagne Classic & Sports Car Tour Reims Champagne Classic & Sports Car Tour Reims Champagne Classic & Sports Car Tour

Reims Champagne Classic & Sports Car Tour

Description

Where: Reims France

How Long: 5 Days

Our 4 night Reims Champagne tour has been specifically designed for owners of classic, sports, modern performance and prestige cars, with visits to Grand Marque Champagne houses in Reims & Epernay, vineyards and picturesque villages in the Marne valley.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours
Available: 22nd June - 26th June 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Our 4 night Reims Champagne tour has been specifically designed for owners of classic, sports, modern performance and prestige cars, with visits to Grand Marque Champagne houses in Reims & Epernay, vineyards and picturesque villages in the Marne valley, beautiful restaurants and the historic former Grand Prix circuit at Gueux, with accommodation at a 4 Star Hotel in the centre of Reims.

Thursday 22nd June

Arriving in Reims under your own steam, you will be welcomed at our beautiful 4 star hotel with a glass of Champagne by the Tour Director. The hotel is located in the centre of Reims, just off the busy Place Drouet D’Erlon with all its bars & restaurants and the nearby medieval Cathedral.

Relaxing after your journey, you can check into your bedroom from 15.00.

Our welcome dinner takes place this evening in a restaurant just a short walk from the hotel.

Friday 23rd June

Following breakfast, we head south via the Cote des Blanc to the beautiful town of Epernay to visit the outstanding Champagne Moet & Chandon/Dom Perignon cellars and enjoy a visit, tour and Champagne tasting. You have the option of taking lunch in a selected restaurant in the centre of Epernay.

In the afternoon we take a scenic route through the vineyards via the Montagne de Reims back to our hotel. You have the option of taking dinner this evening in a selected restaurant by the river.

Saturday 24th June

Today is spent in the city of Reims. The day starts with a visit, tour and tasting at the G H Mumm Champagne cellars, which are only a short walk from our hotel. Following the visit, you are free to make your own lunch arrangements.

In the afternoon you are free to visit the historic cathedral and enjoy the many varied shops, cafes and bars on offer in the bustling pedestrian area.

You have the option this evening of taking dinner in a selected restaurant close to the Cathedral.

Sunday 25th June

After breakfast, we head out to the historic Reims Grand Prix circuit for a visit to the old grandstands, paddocks and pit buildings, plus the opportunity to retrace the old GP circuit.

An optional lunch can be taken at Le Bistrot du Circuit in the picturesque village of Gueux. In the afternoon we visit JMW racing for a tour of their workshops, before heading back to our hotel via a scenic route.

This evening sees our farewell gala dinner in a beautiful Brasserie.

Monday 26th June

After enjoying breakfast, it’s time to say farewell to your fellow tour companions and set out on the journey home.

Easter in Provence Tour Easter in Provence Tour Easter in Provence Tour Easter in Provence Tour Easter in Provence Tour

Easter in Provence Tour

Description

Where: Switzerland and Stelvio

How Long: 11 Days

An 11 day escorted car tour with “a week in Provence” in the south of France driving through some of the most stunning gorges and canyons in France and visiting, along the route, a dozen of France’s most beautiful villages,( les plus beaux villages) ending up in Villefranche sur Mer on the Coted’Azur.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: March - April 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



PROVISIONAL ITINERARY

overnight ferry from Portsmouth to St. Malo, (leaves Portsmouth 8.30pm)

Day 1 – St Malo to St Patrice, Loire Valley, ( 225 miles including 65 miles on motorways) Ferry arrives approximately 8.30am
We arrive in St Malo on overnight ferry from Portsmouth. Our route takes the pretty coastal road around Pointe du Grouin to Port Mer an idyllic, secluded bay just north of Cancale where we enjoy breakfast

Our scenic route continues eastwards along the bay of Mont St Michel to Pontorson where we turn south and head down to Vitre a charming medieval town and our lunch stop.

In the afternoon we head east to Le Mans for coffee and a visit to the famous Auto Museum next to the main entrance of the Le Mans 24 hours circuit.

We then leave Le Mans and head south on scenic backroads and a great driving road to our sumptuous 4* chateau hotel, Chateau de Rochecotte in St. Patrice in the Loire valley

Day 2 – St Patrice to Bourdeilles, Dordogne, ( 185 miles, no motorways)

After leaving our hotel we continue south , through Descartres, to La Roche Posay our coffee stop.We then continue south to Angles-sur-l’Anglin, one of France’s most beautiful villages, “les plus beaux villages” and our lunch stop at an auberge nestling under the ruins of an ancient chateau.

After lunch we drive south to Chauvigny through the picturesque Vienne valley on minor roads into the Charente department through Confolens to Chabanais where, just south, we stop to visit the amazing Chassenon Roman Baths. Located at Longeas, a small hamlet just south of Chassenon. These are amongst the best preserved buildings of their type in the territory of ancient Gaul and, possibly in the whole of what was once the Roman Empire. The site also includes three temples, a theatre and an aqueduct, all once part of the ancient Roman city of Cassinomagus. We then continue south into the Dordogne to the charming town of Brantôme, described as “the Venice of the Perigord” due to the river Dronne completely encircling the town effectively making Brantome an island! Brantome also boasts the oldestbell tower in France attached to the ancient abbey. Bourdeilles is 5 miles down river from Brantome, and is where our hotel for the next night is based.

Day 3 – Bourdeilles to Millau Bridge to the Tarn gorge, (225 miles, including 85 miles on motorways)

Our scenic route, on the third day of our Provence car tour, takes us east along the autoroute to Brives and then we leave the autoroute to Martel our morning coffee stop, and head south east to Rodez and then on to the Millau gorge where we have the opportunity to view the Millau bridge, arguably, the world’s most beautiful modern suspension bridge.

Before driving over the bridge we stop at the observation area to take photos

After driving over the Millau bridge we come off the autoroute and drive under the bridge when you really appreciate its beauty and scale.

From Millau we drive into the stunning Gorges des Tarn, where Chateau de la Caze, our hotel for the next two nights is a stunning 16th-century chateau on the banks of the river Tarn in the gorge itself.

Day 4 – A local excursion in the Tarn Gorge ( 80 miles)
Today, after three days on the road, we spend a leisurely day exploring the stunning Tarn Gorge.
Late afternoon we return back to our chateau hotel for dinner.

Day 5 – Gorges du Tarn to Roussillon, Provence, (150 miles)

Today our Provence car tour finally arrives in Provence where we are to spend “a week in Provence”. We leave our hotel and continue along the stunning Gorges du Tarn to Florac and continuing on scenic roads drive through Uzes to Pont du Gard our coffee stop where we visit the stunning Roman bridge which, in contrast to the Millau bridge, is almost 2,000 years old.

We then continue east into Provence where we visit Les Beaux-de-Provence perched in mountains and accessed via a scenic gorge before driving on to St. Remy de Provence located in Les Alpilles the “Little Alps” in the heart of Provence.

We then drive to nearby Rousillon, another of France’s “beaux villages” where our hotel for the next two nights nestles just underneath the hilltop village.
Tonight we celebrate our arrival in Provence with a drinks reception on the hotel’s terrace.

Day 6 – Local excursion Rousillon, Loumarin, Ansouis,Gordes to Venasque ( 80 miles)

Today we explore Provence’s Luberon area made famous by Peter Mayle in his best seller “A year in Provence” as well as many French writers . Our route visits 5 of France’s “beaux villages” including, in the morning, Roussillon,Lourmarin, Ansouis and Menerbes, our lunch stop.

In the afternoon we visit two more beaux villages; Venasque and then Gordes. We then return to our hotel for dinner.

Day 7 – Roussillon to Tourtour, Provence, ( 125 miles)

We head east through the Luberon into Provence’s Var region to our hotel for the next three nights, La Bastide de Calalou, near Aups.

Day 8- Aups to Gorges des Verdon to Aups, ( 100 miles)

Today we visit the magnificent Gorges du Verdon, France’s “Grand Canyon,” a breathtaking chasm and one of the most spectacular natural phenomena in France. Our route takes us via the scenic Lac de Sainte Croix to Moustiers-Ste-Marie another “beau village” in a stunning setting high on the edge of a ravine beneath craggy rocks. Above the village is the 12th century chapel of Notre-Dame de- Beauvoir. The narrow streets of Moustiers are full of shops selling the local ceramics.

After coffee we continue in a clockwise direction alongside the Gorges du Verdon canyon, and then drive up to Castellane our lunch stop.

We then proceed back to the canyon, this time taking the Route Napoleon road to the south to Bargeme, another “beau village” From here we head back to the dramatic gorges stopping en-route to marvel at the stunning views, until we arrive back at the Lac de Sainte Croix, returning to our hotel.

Day 9- Local excursion to Sillans, Cotignac, Thoronet and Tourtour (60 miles)

A comparatively relaxed day on the 8th day of our Provence car tour as we explore the local area visiting charming villages including Aups, and then Sillans-la-Cascade, our morning coffee stop where we can enjoy a country walk to see the magnificent waterfall. We then drive on to Cotignac nestling under dramatic cave-pocked cliffs and our lunch stop.

After lunch we head south to Carces and then head into the forest to visit the Abbaye du Thoronet, founded in 1146 and the first Cistercian building in Provence.Lost in woodland it occupies a typically remote site. We then drive up to Villecroze a town set against a natural backdrop of caves on two levels which local lords in the 16th century turned into dwellings known as the Grottes Troglodytes.

Day 10- Aups to Villefranche-sur-Mer ( 60 miles)

We leave Aups and drive up the hill to Tourtour our morning coffee stop and another of France’s most beautiful villages perched on a plateau with stunning views including Montagne Ste-Victoire which was one of Cezanne’s favourite painting sueotel and travel up the hill to Tourtour, our morning coffee stop and then via Ampus we drive through the scenic Gorges de Chateaudouble and then cross country to Bargemon. From here we continue east through Seillans another “beau village” passing by Fayence and Tourettes.We then take a little known road that takes us through the Gorges de la Siagne and then up to St.Vallier-de-Thiey where we drive south east along the “Route Napoleon” skirting the north of Grasse, the world’s perfume capital. Here we head north up to Gourdon, another “beau village” and our lunch stop perched precipitously with a spectacular view of the Loup valley and the Mediterranean with Antibes and Cap Roux in the distance.

After lunch we descend into the Gorges du Loup, a dramatic gorge with views of the Cascades de Demoiselles a 40m, (130 ft) waterfall. We then drive along the gorge to Tourettes-sur-Loup, an art and craft centre on a high plateau continuing on to St-Paul-de-Vence our afternoon coffee stop. This classic medieval perched village was first “discovered” by Modigliani and other artists of the 1920s. Since that time many of the rich and famous literati and gliterrati have flocked to St.Paul. After a walk round the medieval streets we drop down to the coast to Cagnes-sur-Mer and then drive along into Nice along the famous Promenade des Anglais and through to nearby Villefranche-sur-Mer to our hotel, for the final two nights of our Provence tour.

Our stylish 4* hotel is family owned and we have used it for the last 8 years. It overlooks the bay of Villefranche-sur-Mer. The hotel’s swimming pool overlooks the bay too and is the perfect place to relax: Tonight, there will be dinner on the terrace overlooking the bay.

Day 11 – Villefranche-sur-Mer, local excursion ( 30 miles)

After 9 days of travelling we enjoy a local excursion visiting, in the morning, the beautiful Ephrussi Rothschild villa and gardens in nearby Cap Ferrat.
We then drive to Monaco.

In the afternoon we return back to our hotel for our final night’s dinner.

The tour ends here

The official end of our tour and after breakfast participants make their way back home.

CLASSIC PERU  2018 CLASSIC PERU  2018 CLASSIC PERU  2018

CLASSIC PERU 2018

Description

Where: Peru Machu Picchu and More

How Long: 16 days

Classic Peru is a 2000 mile self drive adventure which starts in Lima and visits Nasca, Machu Picchu, Lake Titicaca and many other superb locations.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Journeys
Available: May 2nd- May 17th 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Classic Peru is a 2000 mile self drive adventure which starts in Lima and visits Nasca, Machu Picchu, Lake Titicaca and many other superb locations. The changing scenery in South America is amazing and one day you will be driving along the Pan American highway through desert landscapes and the next you will be high up in the Andes, close to snow capped volcanoes. During the trip you may well see penguins, sea lions, condors and llamas.

Most of the driving is on good paved roads with a small amount of mild off road. In common with all our trips we do not drive in a convoy. Instead you are free to travel in your own time guided by an easy to follow route book. The expected number of vehicles on each trip is fifteen.

This year we have three vehicle choices. If you choose to have a 4×4 you need to decide between either a medium (Toyota Rav 4, Toyota Hi Lux double cab & Hyundai Santa Fe) or large (Toyota Prado & Kia Sorrento). The large 4×4 option is ideal if you fancy doing the trip with another couple. The final option is to travel in a car which will be similar to a Nissan Note or Suzuki Sx4.

Loire Valley Summer Tour Loire Valley Summer Tour Loire Valley Summer Tour Loire Valley Summer Tour Loire Valley Summer Tour

Loire Valley Summer Tour

Description

Where: France Loire Valley

How Long: 7 days

7-day car tour of the beautiful Loire Valley and its stunning Chateaux with accommodation throughout in a sumptuous 4 star Chateau hotel.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: July 31st -August 6th 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



7-day car tour to the beautiful Loire Valley with 6 nights accommodation in a sumptuous 4 star Chateau hotel. Our Loire valley car tour starts with a 14.45 afternoon ferry crossing to Ouistreham ( Caen ).

Upon arriving at the port of Ouistreaham at 21.30 our hotel is a 5 minute drive and overlooks the sea. The next morning we leave Ouistreaham and drive down to Sees our morning coffee stop.

We then continue south to the Le Mans 24 hours motor museum which is next to the Le Mans 24 hours race circuit where we we stop for afternoon coffee.We then continue south to the Loire valley where our hotel for the next 6 nights, a stunning four star chateau hotel, formerly the home of Prince Talleyrand, is based, less than a mile from the river Loire itself.

Over the next 6 days we visit impressive chateaux, fascinating museums,beautiful gardens, atmospheric wine caves and other places of interest driving on scenic backroads in this beautiful region. Places we visit on our Loire Valley car tour include: Chinon, Fontevraud Abbey, Saumur, Chateau Usse, Langeais, Azay le Rideau, Amboise, Chenonceaux, Bourgueil,
Chateau Villandry and its gardens, the Maurice Dufresne museum and many more. Our return afternoon ferry is via Caen to Portsmouth.

DRAFT ITINERARY

Monday July 31st: Afternoon ferry from Portsmouth to Ouistreham, Caen ( ferry leaves Portsmouth at 14.45 and arrives Ouistreham at 21.30 ) Our ferry arrives in Ouistreham at 9.30pm and our hotel is only 5 minutes from the ferry port overlooking the sea.

Day 1 – Tuesday, August 1st Ouistreham, Caen to St Patrice, Loire Valley (approx 190 miles )

After breakfast we head south for 60 miles to Sees our morning coffee stop where we can visit the twin spired cathedral. We then continue south to Arnage, near Le Mans where we enjoy lunch. After lunch we visit the famous Auto Museum next to the main entrance of the Le Mans 24 hours circuit, Musée des 24 Heures. We then leave Le Mans and head south on scenic backroads and a great driving roads to our sumptuous chateau hotel, in the Loire Valley, our base for the next 6 nights Chateau de Rochecotte (click on the name for a direct link to their website) in St. Patrice in the Loire valley.

Day 2 – Wednesday, August 2nd St Patrice-Candes St Martin-Fontevraud-Montreuil Bellay-Breze-St Patrice (approx 60 miles)

Our car tour of the Loire valley commences with a drive west along the banks of the Loire which we then cross over onto a charming minor road to one of France’s prettiest villages, Candes St Martin,here we walk along the narrow streets to visit the wonderful 13th century church and then we drive up to the amazing panoramic viewpoint on a hill overlooking the village and the confluence of the rivers Loire and Indre. We then leave Candes and head to nearby Fontevraud,where we can visit the largest and most remarkably intact medieval abbey in France Founded in the 12th century by a visionary itinerant preacher who established a community of Benedictine monks, nuns, nobles, lepers, repentant prostitutes and vagabonds the eclectic mix of residents must have worked, as under the rule of an abbess, female aristocrats came to live in Fontevraud to escape or to reject a life of materialism .Eleanour de Aquitaine, queen of Henry 11 of England, was one famous female who sought sanctuary here and her remains and those of her son, Richard the Lionheart, rest here. We then drive to Montreuil Bellay where, after lunch we visit the amazing rennaisance chateau.After Montreuil we drive to nearby Breze where we stop to visit the fascinating troglodyte/cave chateau built underneath the conventional chateau with the deepest dry moat in Europe at 40 metres.
Continuing on scenic backroads we drive back to the river Loire via the picturesque,” fairy tale” Chateau of Usse, overlooking water meadows and the river Indre. Its romantic white turrets, pointed towers and chimneys were the inspiration for Charles Perrault’s story the Sleeping Beauty. We then continue along the banks of the Indre on a wonderful winding quiet river road to Langeais where we cross the Loire (see Langeais bridge and drive 5 miles back to our hotel Chateau de Rochecotte in St.Patrice.

Day 3 – Thursday, August 3rd St Patrice-Turquant-Saumur-St Patrice (approx 60 miles)

In the morning of our third day of our Loire valley car tour on our way to Saumur we stop to visit Turquant, a Troglodyte village where we visit an unusual cave housing a museum “des pommes tapees” where dried apples are still made in the old fashioned way. We visit Saumur our lunch stop, see photo on left below, where we can enjoy a stroll around the medieval streets.
After lunch we visit the wine caves of a sparkling wine producer. Followed by a visit to a fascinating “tank museum” housing the world’s greatest collection of military tanks. After this we return to our hotel in time to relax by the pool

Day 4 – Friday, August 4th, St Patrice-Chenonceaux-Amboise-St Patrice (approx 120 miles)

Today on the fourth day of our Loire valley car tour we visit the world famous Chateau Chenonceau, approximately 50 miles to the east .Our route takes us via Azay le Rideau, along quiet country roads to Chenonceaux where we visit the amazing Chateau Chenonceau which is constructed over the river,after our visit we then drive a few miles north to Amboise where we visit the “royal” Chateau of Amboise. We also visit the nearby Chateau du Clos Luce where Leonardo de Vinci spent the last three years of his life as the king of France’s engineer and friend. The chateau houses a museum dedicated to Leonardo’s life, and you can also stroll around the peaceful gardens which contain examples of his work

Day 5 – Saturday, August 5th St Patrice-Chinon-St Patrice(approx 40 miles)

Today, on the fifth day of our Loire valley car tour,we drive to Langeais then cross the River Loire and continue to the nearby Maurice Dufresne museum which has an amazing collection of mechanical exhibits including tractors, cars, tools, implements, guns and miiscellaneous vehicles. From here we drive to Chinon our lunch stop.After lunch we can stroll around the charming streets of this medieval town, and visit a nearby “Chinon” wine cave.

Day 6 – Sunday, August 6th, St Patrice-Langeais-Azay le Rideau-Villandry-St Patrice (approx 60 miles)

Today, on the 6th day of our Loire valley car tour, we drive 5 miles east along the river Loire to nearby Langeais our morning coffee stop where we can visit the chateau with its authentic contents and furniture and world class collection of tapestries. We then head to Azay le Rideau where we visit the pretty chateau and enjoy a leisurely lunch in this charming town.After lunch we drive a few miles east on quiet roads to the Chateau of Villandry, the last great Rennaissance chateau built in the Loire Valley. Here we visit the world famous and magnificent gardens.

Upon leaving Villandry we return to St.Patrice where at Chateau de Rochecotte we can relax by the swimming pool on the final day of our tour.

Day 7 – Monday, August 7th, St Patrice- Caen/Ouistreham Ferry, approx 200 miles

Today, on the final day of our Loire valley car tour, we say ‘au revoir’ to the Loire Valley and head north to Caen for the afternoon ferry via scenic minor roads to La Chartre-sur-le-Loir, our morning coffee stop,where we stop off at the Hotel de France the headquarters of the Aston Martin, Le Mans racing team in the 1950s and 60s

Over coffee you can browse through the nostalgic pictures of Le Mans legends that line the walls of this famous hotel. After coffee we head north to Sees our lunch stop.

Caen and the port of Ouistreham for our 4.30pm ferry to Portsmouth, (arrives Portsmouth 9.15 pm).

Classic India Classic India Classic India Classic India

Classic India

Description

Where: Southern India

How Long: 13 Days

In October 2017, we will be flying to Southern India for the for Classic India. Participants will be driving Hindustan Ambassadors across hot arid plains and up and over the Western Ghat mountains, visiting wild life reserves, old British hill stations and tea plantations, passing through some of India’s most beautiful scenery

Tour Operator: Classic Car Journeys
Available: 6th October - 18th October 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The event is open to anyone with a spirit of adventure. Even though it is non competitive, it is certainly a challenge. For a detailed itinerary take a look at the Itineraries page.

It’s a fabulous trip, the memories of which will last a lifetime. Imagine telling your grandchildren about the time you motored over the mountains in India in an old classic car, fighting off tigers and snakes. I sincerely hope you’ll join us.

History of the event

I first visited India in 2003 and was totally captivated. India is without doubt the most colourful and chaotic country I have ever seen. Visiting each year and noticing the huge numbers of Ambassadors, I started to think about the possibility of running an International Ambassador Rally. Having participated in both competitive and non competitive rallies I have always preferred the latter as I like the time to explore places I am visiting.

In October 2006 we ran the first Classic India in which 60 people drove in 30 cars through some of India’s most beautiful scenery. The trip was a huge success (see Your Comments). Equally successful trips have followed each year and now we’re now all set for 2017.

The event is totally non competitive with reasonable time built into each day to stop and sightsee. Each participant is provided with a route book which is clear and easy to follow. Each year we have several participants who have never taken part in an event of this kind. Despite the fact that for them, it is a completely new experience, they always love it. I have a wonderful team supporting me and we all work very hard to ensure you have an unforgettable time.

The Windy 500

The Windy 500

Description

Where: Europe

How Long: 16 nights

This will be the fourth European Windy 500 adventure, and as usual we shall be seeking out the as much variety, experiences and amazing scenery that we can.

Tour Operator: Windy500
Available: 15th June and 27th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Windy 500 team have been running mystery tours every year since 2013, both to Europe and beyond. (we also run Global Mystery Tours). They have been social gatherings, major challenges, life changing events. We have driven through 28 European countries so far, from Greece in the South, Norway in the North, Romania in the East and Spain in the West. We have taken in wine festivals, ice caves, mountain ranges, lakes and castles. Iconic destinations such as Prague and Venice as well as off the beaten track destinations in Albania, Bulgaria and Slovakia. Always something new on the horizon.
The Windy 500 isn’t just a holiday, it’s an experience, a mystery tour with a difference !
Setting off from Britain, we shall be camping in 15 different countries along the route.

This will be the fourth European Windy 500 adventure, and as usual we shall be seeking out the as much variety, experiences and amazing scenery that we can.

Discovering ‘off the beaten track’ locations as well as iconic European destinations

Experiencing some of the best (and worst) driving roads on the continent

Socialising with like minded people and making longlasting friendships

But what do you want from a holiday ? Variety ? Social life ? Awesome driving ? Breathtaking scenery ? You’ve got it. Bring your vehicle of choice, a motor home, a Lotus, a Morris Minor or an ambulance….we don’t care ! This trip of a lifetime is open to ALL vehicles.

“What do I like about the Windy 500 ? Being taken out of my comfort zone and doing things I might not normally do. Meeting new people. Sitting round the camp site chatting about the days adventures.”- Gemma, Team Newlywed. The first Windy 500 was her honeymoon.

“Are we still in touch ? You bet. Those who have been on the Windy trips become family. We all had new experiences, forged new friendships/relationships on our journey” – Robin, Team Trigger (his daughter Tash recently married Craig who she met on the first Windy 500).

A mystery tour of Europe, taking in at least 15 countries. Never finding out your next destination until the day before. To see what we have on offer take a look at our European Mystery Tour of Summer of 2018 and come and enjoy an amazing trip to somewhere a bit different.

Visit our Latest News page to see whats happening

“The Windy trips push you just enough to challenge your comfort zone whilst exposing you to amazing places and wonders you may never find on your own.” – John, Team Lotus.

Rico Rally Euro Tour 2018 Rico Rally Euro Tour 2018 Rico Rally Euro Tour 2018 Rico Rally Euro Tour 2018 Rico Rally Euro Tour 2018

Rico Rally Euro Tour 2018

Description

Where: Austria, Italy, Germany and France

How Long: 6 days

Our 7 day European Road Trip takes on some of the best driving roads in Europe including Col de Turini, Col Agnel, Col du Granier and the Col du Galibier.

Tour Operator: Rico Rally
Available: 16th September - 22nd September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Our 7 day European Road Trip takes on some of the best driving roads in Europe including Col de Turini, Col Agnel, Col du Granier and the Col du Galibier. Plus we’ll visit Lake Geneva, the amazing Gorges du Verdon and drive along the stunning French Riviera where we will stay.

On Rico Rally you will stay at luxury overnight locations and have surprises along the way with a final night get together for food, drink & awards before returning home

The Route

Our route takes in some of the best Alpine passes and driving roads in Europe. Combined with the glitz and glamour of the French Riviera it is the European Car Rally for everyone

Col de Turini

Famous for its World Rally heritage the Col de Turini is a truly great road with twists, turns, short straight blasts and stunning views – watch the video

French Riviera

Cruising along the French Riviera with locations to stop for a relaxing sunshine cocktail over looking the ocean such as St-Tropez, Antibes, Frejus and Monaco.

Col Agnel

The Agnel climbs through France to the border with Italy Despite and being the highest international pass of the Alps, is almost unknown and in turn not heavily used – ideal for having a blast in your car.

Gorges du Verdon

The Verdon Gorge, in south-eastern France, is a river canyon often considered to be one of Europe’s most beautiful. It is about 25 kilometres long and up to 700 metres deep.

Bern, Switzerland

Not many cities have managed to retain their historic features quite as successfully as Bern, the capital of Switzerland. The Old Town, built in a loop of the river Aare, is now a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Enjoy strolling through this architectural gem in the shelter of the medieval arcades and past a host of historic treasures.

Col du Galibier

The ninth highest paved road in the Alps and the sixth highest mountain pass, in the southern region of the French Dauphiné Alps near Grenoble, offering magnificent views on both the ascent and the descent. It is often the highest point of the Tour de France.

Lake Geneva

One of the largest lakes in Western Europe and the largest body of water in Switzerland, greatly exceeding in size all others that are connected with the main valleys of the Alps.

Col du Granier

Starting from Chapareillan, the road weaves up the Col du Granier for 10.5 km, with a small cafe at the top for a break

Angouleme Circuit des Remparts Tour Angouleme Circuit des Remparts Tour Angouleme Circuit des Remparts Tour Angouleme Circuit des Remparts Tour Angouleme Circuit des Remparts Tour

Angouleme Circuit des Remparts Tour

Description

Where: The Dordogne and Angouleme

How Long: 5 Days

A 5 day tour,incorporating a visit to the exciting Circuit des Remparts classic car races in Angoulême, and with 4 days in the Dordogne visiting beautiful villages.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: 12th September - 17th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



MAIN TOUR SUMMARY

Each year on the third weekend in September, a classic car race takes place in the French town of Angoulême on a street circuit unchanged in layout since it first hosted an event in 1939. The high spot of the program is a race devoted to Grand Prix Bugattis and typically 20 or more Bugattis race around the narrow streets of the old walled town

Itinerary

Day 1 Wednesday, September 13th, Afternoon ferry from Portsmouth at 14.00 to Ouistreham, Caen
Our ferry arrives in Ouistreham at 9.30 pm and our hotel is just 5 minutes away overlooking the sea

Day 2 – Thursday, September 14th, Ouistreham-St Patrice (approx 190 miles)

We arrive in St Malo on overnight ferry from Portsmouth. Our route takes the pretty coastal road around Pointe du Grouin to Port Mer an idyllic, secluded bay just north of Cancale where we enjoy breakfast.

Our scenic route continues eastwards along the bay of Mont St Michel to Pontorson where we turn south and head down to Vitre a charming medieval town and our lunch stop.

In the afternoon we head east to Le Mans for coffee and a visit to the famous Auto Museum next to the main entrance of the Le Mans 24 hours circuit, Musée des 24 Heures.

We then leave Le Mans and head south on scenic backroads and a great driving road to our sumptuous 4* chateau hotel, Chateau de Rochecotte, in St. Patrice in the Loire valley.

Day 3 – Friday September 15th St Patrice-Bourdeille. (approx 200 miles)

After leaving our chateau hotel we continue south ,through Descartres, to La Roche Posay our coffee stop.We then continue south to Angles-sur-l’Anglin, one of France’s “plus beaux villages” and our lunch stop at an auberge nestling under the ruins of an ancient chateau.

After lunch we drive south to Chauvigny through the picturesque Vienne valley on minor roads into the Charente department through Confolens south into the Dordogne to the charming town of Brantôme, Bourdeilles, 5 miles downriver from Brantome, is where our main hotel for the next three nights is based and this is a charming, 16th century converted moulin, (water mill) with its front entrance on a 16th century bridge overlooked by the chateau of Bourdeilles. Dinner, tonight, is in a local restaurant.

Day 4 – Saturday September 16th Bourdeilles-Angouleme-Bourdeilles (approx 80 miles)

A free morning in Brantome, one of France’s prettiest towns described as “the Venice of the Perigord” due to the river Dronne completely encircling the town effectively making Brantome an island! Brantome also boasts the oldest bell tower in France attached to the ancient abbey.

At mid-day we drive to nearby Champagnac de Belair where we enjoy lunch at a Michelin * restaurant, the nearby Moulin du Roc, a converted walnut oil mill and one of the Dordogne’s finest restaurants, nestling on the banks of the river Dronne.

After lunch we drive north through the rolling countryside of the northern Dordogne to the Charente region where we continue up to Angoulême where we drive round the street circuit to be used for tomorrow’s racing, view the cars in the Concours d’Elegance competition in the gardens of the Town Hall and visit the paddocks where many of the cars that will be racing will already be on display.

Included in the various classes there is always a Bugatti class comprising over a dozen Bugattis which is a sight for sore eyes and a spectacle to behold,
We can also watch the return of the classic car tourist rally at 5.30pm and explore the bars and restaurants as well as the town itself, the choice is yours!

After our visit to Angouleme we return to our hotel.Tonight you are free to make your own dinner arrangements.

Day 5 – Sunday September 17th Bourdeilles-Angouleme-Bourdeilles (approx 80 miles)

A full day spectating at the exciting 2016 ‘Circuit des Remparts Historic Races’, where cars of all ages race around the narrow city streets with the start/finish line in front of the Cathedral steps.

We leave our hotel at 7.30am and drive up to Angoulême to secure our parking places. On Sunday morning from 9.00am the cars practice for the afternoon’s racing which starts at 2.00 pm and goes on till 6.00pm.

During the day you are free to walk around the track and use most of the grandstands.After the excitement of the day’s racing, return in your own time to our hotel in Bourdeilles.Our final dinner, tonight, is in a local restaurant and we are joined by participants on the budget tour.

Day 6 – Monday September 18th Bourdeilles-Ouistreham/Caen for the afternoon ferry, ( 338 miles)

Participants leave early morning for the afternoon return ferry from Ouistreham/Caen to Portsmouth at 4.30pm (arrives Portsmouth 9.15 pm )

Le Mans Classic Race Tour Le Mans Classic Race Tour Le Mans Classic Race Tour

Le Mans Classic Race Tour

Description

Where: France

How Long: 5 or 6 Days

6 day tour to watch the nostalgic and world famous 2018 Le Mans Classic races, combined with a day tour of the beautful Loire Valley.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: 4th July - 9th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



SUMMARY DESCRIPTION, Main Tour

6 day tour to watch the nostalgic and world famous 2018 Le Mans Classic races, combined with a day tour of the beautful Loire Valley. Overnight ferry to St. Malo and then our route takes us via the medieval town of Vitre and the Le Mans auto museum to our sumptuous 4-star chateau hotel in the Loire Valley.

On Friday we enjoy a leisurely tour of the Loire Valley and on Saturday and Sunday drive up to Le Mans to watch the racing.On Monday we drive up to Caen for our afternoon ferry.

SUMMARY DESCRIPTION, Budget Tour

5-day tour to watch the nostalgic and world famous Le Mans Classic races, combined with a day tour of the beautful Loire Valley. Daytime ferry from Dover to Dunkerque on Thursday and then our route takes us via the Le Mans auto museum where we meet up with the main tour and then on to our 2/3* hotel in the Loire Valley. Return to Dunkerque on Monday for late afternoon ferry to Dover.

DRAFT ITINERARY, MAIN TOUR

Day 1 Wednesday, July 4th Overnight Brittany Ferries ferry from Portsmouth to St.Malo leaves Portsmouth at 8.15pm with boarding from 6.30pm

Day 2 Thursday July 5th St Malo-St Patrice ( 220 miles)

We arrive in St Malo on overnight ferry from Portsmouth at approximately 8.15am. Our route takes the pretty coastal road around Pointe du Grouin to Port Mer an idyllic, secluded bay just north of Cancale where we enjoy morning coffee, (see photos below).

Our scenic route continues eastwards along the bay of Mont St Michel to Pontorson where we turn south and head down to Vitre a charming medieval town and our lunch stop.

In the afternoon we head east to Le Mans for coffee and a visit to the famous Auto Museum next to the main entrance of the Le Mans 24 hours circuit, Musée des 24 Heures. We also enter the circuit to familiarise you with the layout for the weekend racing including paddock, grandstands as well as car parking etc.

We then leave Le Mans and head south on scenic backroads and a great driving roads to our sumptuous chateau hotel, in the Loire Valley, our base for the next 4 nights Chateau de Rochecotte, in St. Patrice in the Loire valley.Dinner, tonight, is in the hotel’s restaurant.

Day 3 Friday July 6th A local tour of the Loire Valley ( 60 miles )

Option to drive up to Le Mans or a tour of the Loire Valley

Today we enjoy a leisurely tour of the Loire valley. We drive along the banks of the Loire and cross over onto a charming minor road to one of France’s most beautiful villages, Candes St Martin with a chance to walk along its medieval streets, visit its ancient church and drive up to a wonderful viewpoint over the Loire Valley.

We then head to our lunch stop, Chinon, where, after lunch, we enjoy a leisurely stroll around the medieval town nestling under the walls of the chateau.

We then drive on minor roads passing by the picturesque fairy tale Chateau of Usse overlooking water meadows and the river Indre. Its romantic white turrets, pointed towers and chimneys were the inspiration for Charles Perrault’s Sleeping Beauty story.

We then drive back to Langeais, across the river Loire and drive 5 miles back to our hotel the 4* Chateau Rochecotte where, subject to weather, you can enjoy the outside heated swimming pool. Dinner tonight in the hotel.

Option: Alternatively participants can make their own way to Le Mans to watch the start of the practising, and return to the hotel in the evening.

Day 4 Saturday July 7th St Patrice to Le Mans return ( 120 miles )

We leave the hotel at approximately 9.00am and drive up to Le Mans to spend the day watching the start of the classic races which start at 3.00pm and last for 24 hours.

Click here to see the official Le Mans Classic site for details of grids etc.: www.lemansclassic.com

In the evening return to Chateau Rochecotte in your own time so tonight you are free to make your own dinner arrangements

Day 5 Sunday July 8th St Patrice to Le Mans return ( 120 miles )

We travel up to Le Mans again to watch Sunday’s racing with the exciting finale in the afternoon. If the ladies prefer they can spend the day at Rochecotte enjoying the outdoor heated swimming pool and gardens.

After the racing has finished we return to Chateau-de-Rochecotte where we enjoy a celebratory dinner on the last night of the tour

Day 6 Monday July 9th ( 200 miles )

We say ‘au revoir’ to the Loire Valley and head back to Caen for the afternoon ferry via scenic minor roads to La Chartre sur-le-Loir where we stop off for morning coffee at the Hotel de France, the headquarters of the Aston Martin, Le Mans racing team in the 1950s and 60s.

Hotel De France, La Chartre-sur-le-Loir.Join us on our 2016 Le Mans Classic car tourHotel De France, La Chartre-sur-le-Loir.Join us on our 2016 Le Mans Classic car tour

Over coffee you can browse through the nostalgic pictures of Le Mans legends that line the walls of this famous hotel. After coffee we head north to Alencon and on to Sees our lunch stop where we can visit the twin towered cathedral.

After lunch we continue north to Caen and the port of Ouistreham for our 4.30pm ferry to Portsmouth, (arrives Portsmouth 9.15 pm).

New England Fall Colours Tour New England Fall Colours Tour New England Fall Colours Tour New England Fall Colours Tour New England Fall Colours Tour

New England Fall Colours Tour

Description

Where: USA New England, New York

How Long: 23 Days

New England is well known as a distinctly American region rich in history, culture, and natural beauty. It is particularly known for its brilliant autumns (fall) to drive lazily through mountains blanketed with gold-and-red foliage

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 19th September - 11th October 2020

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



New England is well known as a distinctly American region rich in history, culture, and natural beauty.

It is particularly known for its brilliant autumns (fall) to drive lazily through mountains blanketed with gold-and-red foliage. There are also plenty of other things to do such as stopping at country stores, orchards, local restaurants, wandering through antique shops lining a peaceful village green, exploring the museums and shopping of the cities, or to get a head start on some cool day hikes in the mountains and countryside.

This three week tour will start on Long Island, near the famed North Shore. Drive across Long Island for a night in the Hamptons. Take the ferry to Connecticut before heading to Newport, Rhode Island for two nights. Explore Cape Cod and the fabulous city of Boston for a few days, and then drive north up the Maine coast to Camden. The tour then turns inland, across Maine and New Hampshire to Mount Washington and onto Stowe, Vermont, giving plenty of time to take in the mountains. Enjoy a weekend in southern Vermont in true New England style.

The tour winds it way south, through Massachusetts and the Berkshires, then finally through Connecticut back to Newark (for those shipping cars) and New York. The final night of the tour will be in New York, with an option to extend your stay for those who wish to take a bigger bite of the Big Apple.

Our carefully chosen route ensures that we pass by some lovely places to see and visit each day. We stay off the main roads and highways as much as possible, and the traffic is light and the driving easy. We have written detailed route directions for your convenience, and describe all the sights to see and recommend places to visit or eat.

Cars from outside North America will be shipped to and from Newark, New Jersey. Shipping is not included, but we can arrange this on your behalf. Read more about shipping. Alternatively you can hire a car in New York and join the tour.

Col de la Croix-Morand Col de la Croix-Morand Col de la Croix-Morand Col de la Croix-Morand

Col de la Croix-Morand

Description

Where: Mid France

How Long: 16 miles approx

Added: 30 March 2013

Featured in issue 182 of Evo Magazine, Henry Catchpole had one of his most memorable and fun drives on this road (check out Caterham snow evo on You Tube)


View Larger Map

Another great French road, which has featured in the Tour de France, and is although not particularly high still capable of being snow covered so beware.

Starting at Le Mont-Dore, the road climbs through the tree line and is a great fast flowing series of corners and straights with relatively wide and smooth tarmac.

There is a stopping area at the top, where the views are superb, the downhill section hugs the side of the mountain and has some stunning scenery, again going down through the trees with some great hairpin bends

A good road to drive in either direction, and highly recommended

Goodwood Revival Meeting 2018 Goodwood Revival Meeting 2018 Goodwood Revival Meeting 2018 Goodwood Revival Meeting 2018 Goodwood Revival Meeting 2018

Goodwood Revival Meeting 2018

Description

Where: Goodwood

How Long: 4 Days

The Goodwood Revival has established itself as the most prestigious and authentic historic motorsports event in the world, truly a “magical step back in time”.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours
Available: 7th September - 10th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Goodwood Revival Meeting Exclusive Luxury Beach House Accommodation 7th to 10th September 2018 TBC

The Goodwood Revival has established itself as the most prestigious and authentic historic motorsports event in the world, truly a “magical step back in time”.

The Revival celebrates the golden era of motorsport, aviation and fashion, from the late 1940s to the mid1960s – the time when the Goodwood Motor Circuit was in its heyday. An unmissable annual event for motor racing enthusiasts, a chance to get dressed up to the nines, watch motor racing, and do so in the company of 146,000 other impeccably attired folks. It is the biggest and best historic motor racing party of the year.

Classic Car Tours are extremely proud to offer the stunning Long Island beach house for the weekend of the Goodwood Revival meeting 2017.

Our exclusive luxury 4 day experience represents outstanding value and gives you the opportunity to reside in style as one of our valued house guests.

Situated in Bracklesham, just 12 miles from the Goodwood Motor Circuit and on the sea front, the Long Island beach house has recently been renovated to the very highest of standards.

Set in an unparalleled position overlooking the magnificent beach of Bracklesham the beach house is set on the beautiful West Sussex coast with gardens leading directly down to the beach. Beautifully designed this unique beach house has been finished to the very highest of standards with a contemporary and relaxed feel which reflects its stunning setting and breath-taking sea views.

There are four superb bedrooms, all of which have en-suite facilities.

The lounge is furnished to a very high standard and provides breath-taking sea views. The outside seating facilities are as stunning as the inside with a decked terrace area perfect for watching the spectacular sunsets.

There is also seating in both the kitchen and around the dining table in a stylish open plan area. These rooms are kept in a classical beach style and overlook the gardens with the amazing view of the sea.

From the garden there is direct access to the beach, plus there is also plenty of secure parking for your classic or sports car on the private driveway. To accompany your stay there are a multitude of onsite facilities. They include plasma TVs, sonos music system and free Wi-Fi and broadband.

Our luxury package includes champagne afternoon tea on arrival, indulgent breakfast each morning, Friday welcome buffet with wine, Sunday farewell dinner with wine, secure parking, full itinerary and the services of a personal cook & Tour Director.

Our service and attention to detail are to the highest of standards, leaving you free to have an enjoyable & memorable experience.

Le Mans 5 Day Tour Le Mans 5 Day Tour Le Mans 5 Day Tour

Le Mans 5 Day Tour

Description

Where: Le Mans France

How Long: 5 Days

Along with the Monaco grand prix and the Indianapolis 500 the Le Mans 24 hours is probably one of the most famous motor races around, and this tour provides an excellent opportunity to enjoy the atmosphere.

Tour Operator: Fantastic Roads
Available: 13th June - 18th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Along with the Monaco grand prix and the Indianapolis 500 the Le Mans 24 hours is probably one of the most famous motor races around.

In 2018 the Circuit de la Sarthe will once again host both the 24 hours and the Classic. The choice is yours, to watch the cars at the frontier of modern racing technology fight it out over 24 grueling hours or step back in time watch cars from every era of Le Mans. Are you a fan of the Group C cars from the eighties? or how about the Ford versus Ferrari battle of the sixties? Whatever era is your favourite the Classic will bring the sights sounds and smells flooding back.

Accommodation will be the same for both races. Situated just 25 minutes from the track each room is either en suite or has a private bathroom. There is an outdoor pool to enjoy when not at the track. Plenty of private parking is available and as always our minibus will be available to take you to and from the track as well as the town centre for the drivers parade that takes place on the Friday of the 24 hours. The rooms are available from 15:00 Wednesday for the 24 hours and 15:00 Thursday for the Classic.

Fireball Monte Carlo Tour Fireball Monte Carlo Tour Fireball Monte Carlo Tour Fireball Monte Carlo Tour

Fireball Monte Carlo Tour

Description

Where: France, Monaco, Italy, Lichtenstein

How Long: 8 Days

With Driving through France, Monaco, Italy, Lichtenstein and the Nurburgring, visits to the Porsche and Mercedes Museums and the Monaco GP, this tour has everything.

Tour Operator: Fireball Rally
Available: 24th May - 31st May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



1st night … Pre Rally Briefing Wednesday 24th May

The Superhero’s meet in Kent

Meet and greet from 6pm ……Our first night in this truly lovely Kent Campsite. Time here for introductions, where all the Fireball Rally Drivers and Navigators from around Britain meet each other and are issued with their Car Decals.

This will be the first rally for some, so an overall briefing of the Rally will be given at 8pm in the Bar, including more detailed information on tomorrows leg of the rally. Map coordinates and Sat Nav coordinates will be explained here along with more information on setting your Sat Navs for the assault on Europe as not every mountain has a post code.

As we’re in the bar area, we’ll all enjoy a couple of quizzes for teams to check their knowledge on continental driving. and what you don’t know, you’ll find out here. The Rally begins tomorrow as you arrive in Calais, but the excitement and anticipation of a great adventure begins here along with meeting strangers who will become your good friends.

Day 1… Friday 25th Calais to Central France

The Rally begins – and there’s time for Versailles or Romantic Paris

Day 2… Saturday 26th Real Rural France to the French Riviera

Home of the Mustard, but don’t be fooled, this is wine making country, and there are vineyards to be visited, wine to be tasted and enjoyment to be had.

Day 3… Sunday 27th Monte Carlo

We’re here for two nights, just enough time to enjoy the Monaco Grand Prix, which looks as though it was organised especially for us to enjoy and using the Capital’s (Monte Carlo) roads as the Race Track.

If Formula One Racing isn’t your thing, take a leisurely drive along the French Riviera and Top up your Tan in the sands of St Tropez and sunbathe in the glow of Bridget Bardot and the Jet Set .

Day 4… Monday 28th Monaco to Pisa

We travel along the French and Italian Riviera’s to Pisa. You could take the Grand Corniche, a road built by Napoleon and the place where Princess Grace of Monaco lost her life, and it also features in Quantum of Solice as 007 loses the drivers door of his Aston Martin in very dramatic style.

Day 5… Tuesday 29th Pisa to Lichtenstein

Heading towards Liechtenstein, you can divert a little if you choose and drive the awe inspiring Stelvio Pass, a real ‘Top Gear’ rated pass – you’ll never complain about boring straight roads or buildings ever again..

The people of the stunning little Principality of Liechtenstein officially live longer than anywhere else on Earth. It might be due to not being in the EU, or it could be the Tax Haven savings, but here’s your chance to buy Brand New, Duty Free Goods ………. perhaps you’ll live a little longer knowing you had a bargain. There’s a Cable Car that takes you to a Golf Course with the finest views and coffee in the Club House … All are welcome

Day 6…Wednesday 30th Liechtenstein to Nurburgring

The Museums of Porsche and Mercedes are both in Stuttgart which just happens to be on our exact way as we travel north ……… You won’t be disappointed, they’re magnificent and a fantastic tribute to German engineering and design!!!

Then onto our last campsite which is really amazing. Although we cannot guarantee it, the Nurburgring race track should be open as a track day. Latest information can always be gleaned at http://www.nurburgring.org.uk/prices.php

This is the final evening together and it’s also The Fireball Rally Awards evening with Certificate and Trophies to be presented.

Trophies for:

a) Most money gained for their chosen charity

b) Best and most interesting costume worn every day, all day

c) The most amazing Car Creation regardless of it’s age.

d) The most unlikeliest car to make it round.

Day 7… Thursday 31st – Back to Calais

Make haste into the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg, one of Europe’s smallest Countries where you’ll get more fuel for your Euro, then off to Belgium as you find time for a last drink in the historic medieval Brugges, a magnificent and beautiful town that serves you Flemish food from one of it’s many ‘people watching’ cafe’s or restaurants that flank the ancient square. What a great way to enjoy this final leg of the rally.

Grand Ireland Tour

Grand Ireland Tour

Description

Where: Ireland

How Long: 13 Days

Perched on the northwest tip of Europe, this is the one place in the world where even time getting lost will be worthwhile

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: June July and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Perched on the northwest tip of Europe, this is the one place in the world where even time getting lost will be worthwhile… With ancient myths and legends to uncover, amazing landscapes to explore and locals who will be more than happy to reveal our hidden gems, just go where the island of Ireland takes you. Guaranteed, you’ll return home with memories that will last a lifetime.

This 12 day tour includes; Dublin’s fair city, Belfast, home to the Titanic Experience, The spectacular Causeway Coast where you can see the Carrick-a-Rede rope bridge and the Giants Causeway. Then we cross the border back into Southern Ireland with visits to Donegal, Connemara, Galway and Ireland’s west coast including the Cliffs of Moher before continuing on to Killarney, gateway to the Ring of Kerry, renowned for its beautiful scenery and one of Ireland’s best-loved tourist destinations. Finally we head via Kenmare to Bantry Bay to Rosscarbery en route to Waterford & back to Dublin

Italian Grand Tour Italian Grand Tour Italian Grand Tour

Italian Grand Tour

Description

Where: France, Italy, Monaco

How Long: 6 Days

The event is a 2000 mile, 6-day road tour that travels to Chailly-sur-Armancon, the Grand St Bernard Pass, Lake Garda, the Italian F1 GP at Monza, Lake Varese, Monaco, the Col de Turini, the Route Napoleon and Challes-les-Eaux, along the way staying in only the finest luxury hotels and chateau mansions. All cars are welcome

Tour Operator: Circuit Days
Available: 31st August - 5th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The event is a 2000 mile, 6-day road tour that travels to Chailly-sur-Armancon, the Grand St Bernard Pass, Lake Garda, the Italian F1 GP at Monza, Lake Varese, Monaco, the Col de Turini, the Route Napoleon and Challes-les-Eaux, along the way staying in only the finest luxury hotels and chateau mansions. All cars are welcome

Itinerary

Friday
Folkestone – Calais – Chailly-sur-Armancon
Accommodation – Chateau Chailly, Chailly-sur-Armancon

Saturday
Chailly-sur-Armancon – Grand St Bernard Pass – Lake Garda
Accommodation – Relais Emiliano, Lake Garda

Sunday
Lake Garda – Monza – Lake Varese
Accommodation – Grand Palace, Lake Varese

Monday
Lake Varese – Monaco
Accommodation – Fairmont Monte Carlo, Monaco

Tuesday
Monaco – Col de Turini – Route Napoleon – Challes-les-Eaux
Accommodation – Chateau Comtes, Challes-les-Eaux

Wednesday
Challes-les-Eaux – Calais – Folkestone

Verve Rally London to Ibiza Verve Rally London to Ibiza

Verve Rally London to Ibiza

Description

Where: London to Ibiza

How Long: 6 Days

Created for the discerning yet easy-going individual, Verve Rally is a concoction of luxury travel, adventure, GT / Exotic / Supercars and like-minded people

Tour Operator: Verve Rally
Available: 6th July - 11th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Created for the discerning yet easy-going individual, Verve Rally is a concoction of luxury travel, adventure, GT / Exotic / Supercars and like-minded people. All culminating into an experience that is unforgettable and a whole lot of fun. We live by the values of fun, adventure and gratitude, so each Verve Rally is sure to have a generous helping of each.

Verve Rally is about celebration and it’s reshaping the traditional definitions of a car rally. This is not a race and it is not timed in any way. It’s a journey with like-minded people, a journey that celebrates driving and indulging in the world’s most atmospheric destinations.

In 2018, we’ve launched a brand-new 6 day route by popular demand. And this time, we’re taking it up a notch! For a short driving trip we don’t want to be limited by proximity to London, and we don’t want to drive more than 4-5 hours in a day, so instead we’re going to explore the roads, mountains and beaches of Spain, on a one-way trip. We catch an overnight luxury Brittany Ferry from Portsmouth to Santander. Soak up the beach in Santander before heading south on a hand-picked route from the North Coast of Spain to the East Coast in Valencia via Madrid and a number of stunning mountain ranges. Cars wil be transported back to London while we enjoy the delights of Ibiza, with optional extensions. Our flagship European Seven Country rally returns with a few updates to keep things fresh.

With summer days and sultry evenings, our routes provide an expressive space for the GT / Exotic / Supercar.

We tailor the experience to balance driving time with exploration and rest at our luxury locations. You’ll spend an average of four-five hours driving, on driving days, cruising in convoy along inspiring hand-picked roads. Rest, food and re-fueling stops are all taken care of in the route plan, and we’ll be arriving at the day’s destination by late afternoon. The best four and five-star hotels and chateaux provide the serene space as soon as you’ve parked up. And with no night-time driving, you can indulge in all the destination’s flavours and experiences.

Trans-Alpine Adventure Trans-Alpine Adventure Trans-Alpine Adventure Trans-Alpine Adventure Trans-Alpine Adventure

Trans-Alpine Adventure

Description

Where: France, Italy Germany, Austria and Switzerland

How Long: 15 days

This two week tour of the Alps and mountain regions of France, Germany, Austria, Italy and Switzerland takes you on an amazing journey through historical, cultural and scenic delights.

Highlights include visiting Alsace, touring Bavaria travelling through Austrian and Swiss Alps, and some of the world’s most thrilling mountain passes, including the Stelvio

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: TBC

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



This two week tour of the Alps and mountain regions of France, Germany, Austria, Italy and Switzerland takes you on an amazing journey through historical, cultural and scenic delights.

Highlights include visiting Alsace, touring Bavaria with its fairy-tale castles,visiting Berchtesgaden, travelling through the magnificent Austrian and Swiss Alps, driving some of the world’s most thrilling mountain passes, including the Stelvio

Itinerary

May be subject to change without notice

Day 1:

For UK participants take the ferry from Dover to Calais, followed by an easy drive to Laon. Visit the largest war memorial area of France, Vimy Parc. This whole region was the scene of fierce fighting in both World Wars. Stay in an exclusive chateau set around a courtyard a few kilometres from Laon. A welcome dinner is included.
Mileage: 151

Day 2:

Drive across northern France to the beautiful Alsace region. On the way visit the attractive town of Verdun, France’s ‘Capital of Peace’. Travel across the engaging Vosges Mountains to the hotel. Set in a tranquil and pretty village, the hotel is a treat with its spa and great food. Dinner is included.
Mileage: 240

Day 3:

Leave France behind and cross into Germany. Virtually every road in this area of the Black Forest is designated as a scenic route and the driving is superb. Lake Constance is a beautiful area with lovely half-timbered houses in the towns along the shore. Drive the corniche road along the northern shore, through Meersburg, and pay a visit to the Zeppelin Museum, before heading to the medieval, tiny island town of Lindau. Stay in a beautiful quality, family-run hotel next to the lake towards Switzerland. Dine overlooking Lake Constance.
Mileage: 161

Day 4:

Heading east from Lindau enter Bavaria, home of many of Germany’s best-known cliches: beer, lederhosen, sausage dogs, sauerkraut and fairy-tale castles. Drive along the thrilling Alpine Road and visit the castles of Hohenschwangau and Neuschwanstein, the latter is the ultimate story-book castle. Drive through Garmisch-Partenkirchen, host of the 1936 Winter Olympics and onto Tegernsee. Stay in a charming country house hotel for the next two nights, on the outskirts of a small spa town, one of the country’s most elegant resorts, and where the thermal springs are at a constant 27ºC. Dinner is included tonight only.
Mileage: 152

Day 5:

A day off to either relax, or take a boat trip around the lake, stopping off at Tegernsee to visit the town and brewery. Tegernsee is among Bavaria’s most beautiful lakes and the area has long been a favourite with the rich. The little town of Tegernsee has a 1300 year old monastery, now a castle. From the southern end of the lake there is a cable car up into the mountains giving access to wonderful views and walks.

Mileage: own

Day 6:

Drive along scenic roads all day. The route takes you to beautiful Berchtesgaden, location of Hitler’s Eagles’ Nest, and the fascinating Dokumentation Center, charting the Nazis and their regime. Continue into Austria and to Kitzbuhel, where the tour will spend the next two nights. Stay in an a fabulous design hotel very close to the centre of town. There is a pool and spa, underground parking, and all rooms have beautiful mountain views.
Mileage: 147

Day 7:

Kitzbuhel has a picturesque centre and is a fashionable and prosperous resort. There are many lovely walking trails surrounding the town or drive our recommended circular, scenic half-day drive to Zell am Zee.
Mileage: 72 (optional)

Day 8:

An easy drive through the mountains and then along the Inn River valley to the beautifully situated town of Imst. On the way visit Innsbruck with its 15th century baroque facades and mountain backdrop. For fans of ‘bling’ there is the Swarovski Crystal factory to visit too. Dinner is included at the comfortable, historic hotel in the centre of Imst.
Mileage: 136

Day 9:

Leave Austria and cross the Resia Pass and the border into Italy to drive some of the world’s most famous and thrilling mountain passes, including the Stelvio Pass, the highest road pass in Europe. Then cross into Switzerland and over the Bernina Pass in time to explore St Moritz and the nearby, famous Cresta run. Travel over the startlingly dramatic Julier Pass and stay for two nights in the little village of Lenzerheide, in the mountains, in a stunning old converted farm, now a luxury hotel. Dinner is included on both evenings.
Mileage: 183

Day 10:

Enjoy another day off. There are some fabulous walks and hikes, amidst the unique alpine flora, around the village and mountains, or you can head off on two or four wheels. Alternatively relax and indulge in the spa, and open-air hot-tub surrounded by idyllic alpine vistas. Dinner is included again.

Day 11:

Another excellent day of sensational mountain driving. Drive north to Chur and then east to Andermatt. Drive over the beautiful Furkha Pass, and see the glaciers at Gletsch, climb the Grimsel Pass, before descending to Brienzer See. Pass through Meiringen, location of Sherlock Holmes’ ‘death’, and head for Brienz, a quiet town renowned for its beautiful wood carvings. Visit the wonderful ethnographic museum at Ballenberg, which shows Switzerland as it used to be with buildings, animals, historical gardens and fields, and typical crafts and customs.

It is a gentle drive along from Brienz to the spa town of Interlaken, nestled between the lakes of Thun See and Brienzer See. There is a wonderful side trip to the stunning Lauterbrunnen Valley and the Jungfraujoch. Take a trip up to the Schilthorn, by funicular railway, where the James Bond film ‘On Her Majesty’s Secret Service’ was filmed. Then wind your way through classic Swiss scenery to Gstaad, playground of the rich and famous, and a perfect place for afternoon tea and a stroll. Stay for two nights in a superb hotel with excellent facilities in Gstaad.
Mileage: 168

Day 12:

Spend the day exploring the surrounding area. Visit the superb Nestle Cailler chocolate factory or discover how Gruyeres cheese is made at the nearby factory, or traditional farm. The medieval hill-top town of Gruyeres is very pretty and well worth a visit and a stroll around the chateau or along the walls. This is true Swiss dairy country so a meal in Gruyeres is recommended to sample the world famous cheese, cream, chocolate and meringue cuisine. There are also some beautiful walks in the surrounding mountains including botanical floral paths. If you’re feeling very energetic try some summer skiing on the glacier at Les Diablerets!
Mileage: 63 (optional)

Day 13:

Drive over the Jaunpass and then skirt Lake Gruyeres, heading to the medieval city of Fribourg. Cross the plain to the pretty, lake-side town of Morat/Murten and then round Lake Neuchatel. Climb up the Jura, stopping to see the panoriamic view at Vue des Alpes, before visiting the superb watch museum at La Chaux de Fonds near the Swiss/French border. Cross into the Franche-Comte region of France and stay in a wonderful, mellow chateau situated in tranquil gardens. Dinner is included.
Mileage: 157

Day 14:

It’s a long but lovely drive across country on good, open roads. Visit the medieval town of Troyes – particularly the most beautifully restored 15th century buildings around the Cathedral. Continue on, driving through the Champagne region and Epernay, to Laon, and stay in the same hotel as the first night of the tour. A final farewell dinner is included.
Mileage: 254

Day 15:

For UK participants, drive to Calais or Zebrugge and take the ferry back to the UK and depart for home.
Mileage to Calais: 151

Le Mans 24 Hour Tour Le Mans 24 Hour Tour Le Mans 24 Hour Tour Le Mans 24 Hour Tour Le Mans 24 Hour Tour

Le Mans 24 Hour Tour

Description

Where: Le Mans France

How Long: 5 Days

Our four night Le Mans 24 Hours tour has been specifically designed for owners of classic, sports, prestige and performance cars.Our base at Chateau de Dobert is the ideal location for individuals, car clubs or race teams.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours
Available: 14th June - 19th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Arriving in Le Mans under your own steam on Thursday 14th, you will be welcomed to Chateau de Dobert with a glass of fizz & canapes.

After checking into your bedroom, or settling into your tent, you will enjoy an optional welcome buffet that evening on the chateau grounds and have the opportunity to make new friends, whilst also regaling each other with stories of your trip to France.

After breakfast on Friday morning it’s time to head for Le Mans & the Le Mans 24 Hour circuit. Time is built in for you to enjoy the parade of the drivers (17.00 to 19.00) and also visit the Place de la Republique, in Le Mans centre, to soak up all the pre race atmosphere. You will also have time to visit the circuit for a walk down the pit lane and view the participating cars ahead of the race!

For those wishing a further alternative on Friday, we will be running an optional trip with lunch to the Classic British Welcome in St Saturnin.

You are free to make your own dinner arrangements on Friday evening.

Following breakfast on Saturday, it’s time to head back to the Le Mans 24 Hour circuit. You then have a free day to do as you wish and take in the pre-race atmosphere, the trade village and the start of the race at 15.00.

Leaving the circuit at 18.00, its then time to head to the world famous Auberge des Hunaudieres where an optional delicious 4 course diner has been reserved for you. This restaurant is right on the Mulsanne straight and the current AUDI’s go by here at 345KPH! You really can’t get much closer to the action, as the cars thunder past only a few feet away. This really is an outstanding location to watch the action into the night!

This reservation is exclusive to Classic Car Tours.

From des Hunaudieres you have the option of returning to the chateau or going to Indianapollis & Arnage corners to watch more of the night racing.

Watching the cars as they scream through the forest towards you, headlights ablaze is a sight and sound not to be missed.

Alternatively you can head to the Bar Tertre Rouge and watch the cars at close quarters as they exit the circuit section and start their journey down the Mulsanne straight. It’s your decision when you go to bed.

After breakfast on Sunday, you have a free day to do as you please, either returning to the circuit to watch the end of the race, chilling out at the chateau, or perhaps a trip to a nearby vineyard in the Loire valley.

However, you are requested to be on parade at the chateau at 19.30 for the optional final evening farewell BBQ. This will be your opportunity to share all of your weekend’s experiences with your fellow tour members. Following breakfast on Monday it will be time to say farewell and head back to Blighty at your own pace.

Prices include a fully detailed road book, itinerary, rally plaque & tee shirt.

If you have not been to Le Mans before, you can be confident that this tour will take you to, or advise you off all the best locations associated with the race, leaving you free to enjoy the whole weekend experience.

Numbers are limited, so please contact us as soon as you can to reserve your spot. If you have any questions, to check current availability and to discuss your requirements, then please do not hesitate to contact us.

2017 pricing is detailed below, please contact us ASAP to express your interest in one of the limited Chateau and camping packages available at the stunning Chateau de Dobert and to request a booking form.

Chateau de Dobert is situated south of Le Mans and is an easy drive to and from the circuit on beautiful scenic roads.

Scottish Classic & Sports Car Tour Scottish Classic & Sports Car Tour Scottish Classic & Sports Car Tour Scottish Classic & Sports Car Tour Scottish Classic & Sports Car Tour

Scottish Classic & Sports Car Tour

Description

Where: Scotland

How Long: 5 Days

Our signature Scottish self drive tour is designed for owners of classic, sports, prestige and performance cars. Featuring some of the very best driving roads in Scotland, which we have been selected to ensure your enjoyment.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours Ecosse
Available: 2nd August - 6th August 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Classic, Sports, & Prestige Car Tour Scotland, with luxury hotel accommodation, 3rd – 7th August 2017.

Our signature Scottish self drive tour is designed for owners of classic, sports, prestige and performance cars. Featuring some of the very best driving roads in Scotland, which we have been selected to ensure your enjoyment.

Starting in Glasgow at the luxury Blythswood Square Hotel, your first evening will be spent getting to know your fellow tour participants over dinner. This four night tour will take in beautiful Loch Lomond, the awesome Glen Coe, Fort William, stunning Loch Ness, Inverness, Spey side, Balmoral, rugged Glenshee, Pitlochry, Loch Earn and finish at a stunning location in Perthshire with a final evening farewell dinner.

Residing in selected luxury hotel accommodation each evening, you will enjoy fine locally sourced food prepared to the highest of standards.

The hotels included are of 4 and 5 star standard, with most having their own health club & spa facilities.

The tour will also take in a visit and tasting at the Deanston Distillery in Doune and time is also built in to visit the historic Culloden battle field.

Lunch is included each day, as are route information, itinerary, rally plaque and the services of a Tour Director + support vehicle.

From Trieste to the Dolomites From Trieste to the Dolomites From Trieste to the Dolomites From Trieste to the Dolomites From Trieste to the Dolomites

From Trieste to the Dolomites

Description

Where: Slovenia to Italy

How Long: 144 miles

Added: 04 November 2013

This is a trip taken by Drive Europe follow them on Twitter @DriveEurope The route takes in some great roads and has stunning views. take a look


View Trieste - Cortina d'Ampezzo in a larger map

Leaving Trieste. There are two great ways in and out of the most north easterly of the Italian cities. The first is to zig zag up the mountains behind Trieste to the Slovenian border. The second is the northern coast road, past the fairy tale Castello Miramare through the classic To-Catch-a-Thief rock arches. The other way, south to the Slovenian border, ain’t so hot.

First stop Palmanova. The citadel city, built from 1563 to defend against the Ottomans, in the shape of a nine pointed star, with four concentric rings of roads, designed as an ideal Renaissance city, is a must see in this part of the world. The problem was nobody wanted to live there. With its vaguely occulty overtones we’re not surprised. After a quick whizz round the Piazza Grande, tyres slipping and screeching on the uneven Istrian stone paving, we get out of there as quickly as we can.

First sight of a Dolomite. From Palmanova we head north west on the back roads via Udine. It sticks in the memory because none of the filling stations sold maps. With mountains looming ever larger on the orizon though a map really isn’t necessary.

We pass through a succession of villages built right on the road, Dignano, Spilimbergo and Sequals.
It’s easy to imagine yourself a competitor in a legendary Italian road race like the Mille Miglia.
Actually finding a way into the mountains is more difficult than we thought… A map would have been handy after all. This road for instance looks promising until it veers away at the last moment. In desperation we fire up the satnav and head for Maniago, right on the edge of the mountains.

There is a shabby chic bridge just outside Maniago, on the SR251 shown in our pictures. Welcome to the Dolomites.

Is the pictured barrier getting some routine maintenance or are these repairs of the emergency variety? You’d surely have to be a nutter to cane it along here. There are a lot of barriers down.

There are some great Cloistered tunnels on Passo di Sant Osvaldo, still on SR251

Foot down in second gear, flat six screaming at 7,000rpm, intoxicating inside the tunnel and echoing around the valley outside. Judging by the looks on the faces of the locals, queuing at the tunnel entrance coming the other way, they’ve heard it all before. Sorry.

There is plenty of opportunities to study the local architecture on this route.

Longarone, at the T junction with SS51 Alemagna State Road, the main north south road between Venice and the Austrian border. Site of an embarrassing defeat for the Italian Army in 1917. A young Rommel captured over 1,500 men almost single handed. We turn north.
The Italians had their revenge at the Battle of the River Piave the next year. Galvanised by cries of ‘Tutti eroi! O il Piave o tutti accoppati – Everyone a hero! Either the Piave or we die!’ the army held a line thought to be hopeless. The bridge now over the River Piave at Caralte is a staggering 604ft high. Notice the floral tribute and patch of new barrier on the right. This bridge is 604ft high.
Pieve di Cadore. Birthplace of the painter Titian. No paintings of his remain in his home town but there’s a research centre/museum and the Palazzo della Magnifica Comunita has frescos by some of his contemporaries.

Monte Civetta, is a classic example of the local sawtooth skyline. Over 10,500ft, with 1,000ft cliffs, it’s the fifth highest in the Dolomites, one of 26 mountain groups in total. Dolomite by the way is pale, carbonated limestone. The Dolomites are part of the Southern Limestone Alps. This is the eastern edge.
Why Cortina d’Ampezzo? Bond fans will know it from For Your Eyes Only, others from Pink Panther or Cliffhanger. It also staged the 1956 Winter Olympics. In the 1960s La Dolce Vita it was known as ‘the living room of the stars’, Audrey Hepburn, David Niven, Sofia Loren, etc. We figured it must be worth a look. Tourist info supplied us with a list of hotels so we spent the afternoon strolling round looking for somewhere to stay. More on that another time.

Tofane dominates the view west of Cortina. This is the third highest group in the Dolomites, topping out at 10,650ft.

Forres to Alford Forres to Alford Forres to Alford Forres to Alford Forres to Alford

Forres to Alford

Description

Where: Scotland - The Cairngorms

How Long: 82 miles

Added: 01 September 2011

82 miles or alternative Forres to Blairgowrie 110 miles.
This is a route for the driver with bends almost all the way and vistas in all directions through the Cairngorms National Park and Strathdon or the alternative route over the Cairnwell into Glenshee.
Sent in by Allan of classicmghighlandcarhire.co.uk


View Larger Map

From the park in Forres beside the A96 well known for its award winning flower displays, proceed westward through the town to roundabout.

Take first exit (A940 Grantown-on-Spey) the road climbs steadily with no straights to Dava Moor the only exception being the drop down to cross the river Divie that runs under the road in a deep gorge.

On reaching the junction with the A939 (AA box on the roadside) continue on the A939 through the snow gates and up onto the Dava Moor.

Take care on the bends they can catch out the unwary. On crossing the moor descend into the Cairngorms National Park and on into Grantown-on-Spey through the town square and at the 2nd set of lights take left (A95 Elgin) through the woods to roundabout.

Straight over the roundabout cross the river Spey and after approx 1 mile take a right and continue on the A939 (Tomintoul).

You head straight into open country with vistas all round onward to Bridge 0f Brown its very steep with a tight bend at the bottom where there is a small restaurant. Crossing the Burn of Brown the road then rises steeply again and on to cross the river Avon and so to Tomintoul the highest village in the highlands. Tomintoul has a nice square and the whisky shop on the left just past the square is worth a visit.

At the end of the village take a left (A939 Braemar) and 200 meters turn right still on A939 Braemar on up to the Lecht ski centre. Just past the centre the world is at your feet and the road veers right. Practical Classics said the road is dangerous as you will take your eyes off the road – Beware steep decline! Enjoy the roller coaster descent and at Cock Bridge turn round and go back to the ski centre for another go.

As you descend the last turn into Cock Bridge you will see Corgarff Castle on the right and shortly after can decide whether to continue to Alford or go for the longer trip to Blairgowrie. Decide at the junction of the A939 Braemar and A944 Strathdon.

The A944 through Strathdon follows the river Don and is almost devoid of straights but almost flat following the river and continues on through Strathdon, Glenkindie and past Kildrummie Castle to Mossat.

At junction with A97 take right on A944 (Alford) and continue across the river Don at Bridge of Alford. Take next left still on the A944 to find Alford and journeys end at the Grampian Transport Museum in the town.

For those who wish to go to Blairgowrie at the junction of the A939 and A944 just after Cock Bridge take the A939 to Braemar, this is for much of the way narrow and in places single track with passing places. This is a testing road.

At the junction with the A93 take a right and passing Balmoral Castle and Braemar Castle, the road goes through Braemar and up via Glen Clunie – a long climb – to the Glenshee ski centre and the Cainwell. The road then continues through Glenshee to Blairgowrie. This road is full of tight twists and short inclines. At Blairgowrie you can choose your own onward route.

Classic Himalaya Classic Himalaya Classic Himalaya Classic Himalaya Classic Himalaya

Classic Himalaya

Description

Where: Western Himalaya

How Long: 2 Weeks

Classic Himalaya is the perfect combination of holiday and adventure. A mix of lively sightseeing and exciting driving through jaw dropping scenery. It is your choice whether you drive one of our modern SUVs or ride one of our Enfield motorcycles.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Journeys
Available: July 1st- July 15th 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.


View Classic Himalaya in a larger map

We start in Amritsar for two days of sightseeing before catching a train south to collect our vehicles. We then head to the Spiti Valley, one of the remotest inhabited regions in the world.

Described by Rudyard Kipling as “a world within a world” the Spiti Valley is one of the world’s great road trips. Once there, you really will feel you’re in another world.

Cut off for much of the year due to heavy snow, the valley road has only been open to foreigners since 1992. No words can prepare you for the beauty of Spiti and the Himalayas. It’s like driving through a living museum. Thousands of years of wind erosion have created the most fascinating landscape, often referred to as ‘moonlike’. The terrain varies from lush vegetation through to mountain desert. The roads themselves have to be seen to be believed and are a quite staggering feat of engineering.

The route takes us just a few miles from the Tibet border and the influence of this close neighbour is clearly evident in the people, houses and monastries. The whole area has a peaceful and calming feel.

Classic Himalaya is much more than a holiday. It really is a Motoring Adventure of a Lifetime.

Day 1 Sat July 1st – Leave Heathrow for an overnight flight to Delhi and a connection to Amritsar.

Day 2 Sun July 2nd – Arrive Amritsar and transfer to the hotel enjoying possibly your first glimpse of Indian driving. After spending an afternoon relaxing we will be taking a sunset visit to the Golden Temple, one of the most beautiful temples in India.

Day 3 Mon July 3rd – Today is a day off to explore Amritsar until mid afternoon when we head to the India/Pakistan border at Wagah to watch one of the most amusing displays of patriotism, made famous by Michael Palin in his Himalaya programme.

Day 4 Tue July 4th – Up early to catch a train south to Ambala where we have lunch and then collect our vehicles for the drive to Shimla, former capital of the British Raj. The temperature drop as you enter the hills of Shimla is a welcome relief after the heat of the plains. You’ll no doubt be tired by the time you arrive in Shimla, where we will be staying in a wonderful colonial hotel.

Day 5 Wed July 5th – Shimla, with it’s wealth of history and the magnificent Viceroy’s Lodge is too good to miss so today is a completely free day giving you plenty of time to explore the sights.

Day 6 Thu July 6th – Shimla to Sarahan. Today the adventure begins as we leave Shimla and head into the mountains. The route is twisty and an ideal learning curve for what lies ahead. We pass through beautiful verdant valleys climbing towards Narkanda before a long descent to the Sutlej river valley. We follow this raging river before finally ascending for the overnight stop at Sarahan.

Day 7 Fri July 7th – Sarahan to Kalpa. Descending from Sarahan we continue following the Sutlej towards our nights stop at Kalpa passing some of the largest hydro-electric engineering projects I have ever seen. Our hotel in Kalpa lies in the shadow of the 21,500ft Kinnaur Kailash mountain, a perfect place to enjoy a drink as the sun goes down.

Day 8 Sat July 8th – Kalpa to Nako. Today we’ll see big changes in the landscape. Travelling above the tree line we enter the Himalayan desert. Thousands of years of wind erosion has created fascinating rock formations which are unlike anything you will have seen elsewhere. On the way to Nako we’ll pass within 5 miles of the Tibetan border hence the need for our Inner Line Permits.

Day 9 Sun July 9th – Nako to Kazza. A beautiful drive along the Spiti Valley, past more outstanding scenery. We’ll pass glaciers and stop at Tabo to look around the 1000 year old Tibetan monastery. We should arrive at the busy little trading town of Kazza by early afternoon. After filling up with fuel at the world’s highest retail petrol station you might like to take a short drive to Kibber, one of the highest villages in the world.

Day 10 Mon July 10th – Kazza to Tandi – Today is the biggest drive of the trip as we head further up the valley crossing the Kun Zum pass at 14930ft. Descending the other side of the pass we stop in a dhaba for hot noodles before tackling several water crossings on the way to Tandi, our overnight stop.

Day 11 Tue July 11th – Tandi to Manali. First thing in the morning it is only a short drive to the bottom of the infamous Rhotang Pass. At 13,000 it’ll be cold and snowy at the top but, weather permitting, it has some spectacular views. After a tea stop on the mountain we’ll descend to the hustle and bustle of Manali.

Day 12 Wed July 12th – Manali is a lively, vibrant town full of backpackers, shops and happy locals. We have a day off and get together in the evening for a beautiful meal in a local speciality restaurant.

Day 13 Thu July 13th – Manali to Nalagarh – We now leave the hills and return to the plains. The morning is a lovely drive following numerous green valleys before eventually reaching the busy main roads further south. In the evening we reach our overnight stop in an old hilltop fort.

Day 14 Fri July 14th – Nalagarh to Delhi – Driving down India’s Highway 1 we reach Delhi where we’ll drop the vehicles off. We should arrive shortly after lunchtime giving you a free afternoon for last minute shopping.

Day 15 Sat July 15th – Depart for Delhi Airport and a mid morning flight back to the UK arriving at Heathrow later the same day.

Rico Rally European Tour 2018 Rico Rally European Tour 2018 Rico Rally European Tour 2018 Rico Rally European Tour 2018 Rico Rally European Tour 2018

Rico Rally European Tour 2018

Description

Where: France, Germany, Italy

How Long: 6 Days

This 6 day European Driving adventure takes on some of the best driving roads in Europe including Mont Ventoux, Col de L’Iseran, Grand Saint Bernard Pass, Nufenen Pass & San Bernardino Pass. Plus the opportunity to visit the Porsche / Mercedes Museums in Stuttgart.

Tour Operator: Rico Rally
Available: 17th June – 22nd June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The hills are alive, well they will be, on this European driving adventure.

Less of a rally and more of a tour, but most definitely an adventure in the way we like to do things here at Rico Rally.

Just a taster of what to expect, but check out the website link for full details

Mont Ventoux

Famous for a killer climb in the Tour de France but more importantly to us petrol heads as a testing ground for Sebastain Loeb & Peugeot in preparation for Pikes Peak Hill Climb in 2013 – watch the video

Nufenen Pass

The Nufenen Pass is Switzerland’s highest pass open to motor vehicles. Sweeping bends, hairpins and stunning views all round make this a truly enjoyable road to drive.

Col de L’Iseran

The second highest paved pass in the Alps, the Col D L’Iseran (2,770m) – and a fantastic driving road with stunning Alpine scenery.

Col du Petit Saint Bernard

Situated in the Rhone-Alps, straddling the France-Italy border connecting Savoie in France to the Aosta Valley in Italy – between Bourg-Saint-Maurice, France. This pass has also appeared in the Tour de France. The French side of the mountain pass offers fantastic views over the valley.

Porsche Museum, Stuttgart

Enjoy a close-up experience of the history of Porsche. Encounter legendary racing and sports cars, fascinating production models as well as unusual prototypes. More than 80 vehicles will take you from the early years all the way to the present days of Porsche’s history.

Mercedes Museum, Stuttgart

Enjoy a close-up experience of the history of Mercedes. Encounter legendary racing and sports cars, fascinating production models as well as unusual prototypes. More than 80 vehicles will take you from the early years all the way to the present days of Mercedes history

San Bernardino Pass

The San Bernadino Pass is one of the most beautiful and smoothest mountain passes in the Alps and really is the best way to get from Switzerland to Italy.

Lake Constance Region

Lake Constance occupies an extremely beautiful corner of Central Europe. The 270km shoreline is shared between Germany, Austria and Switzerland. The lake is essentially a bulge in the Rhine – mirroring Lake Geneva, an expansion of the Rhône, at the other end of Switzerland.

Monaco Historique Driving Tour Monaco Historique Driving Tour Monaco Historique Driving Tour Monaco Historique Driving Tour

Monaco Historique Driving Tour

Description

Where: Monaco

How Long: 9 Days

Join us at Monaco Historique, the most prestigious event on the Historic racing calendar. This is the event that they all want to win which makes the racing extremely exciting.

Tour Operator: Classic Grand Touring
Available: May 2018 (dates TBC)

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Join us the most prestigious event on the Historic racing calendar. This is the event that they all want to win which makes the racing extremely exciting.

Watching everything from Historic F1 to Sports cars slithering their way around the streets is a real privilege. The buzz around the town is really special, we get you in to the right places in order to make the weekend an unforgettable one.

Tour Itinerary

Day 1 (Tuesday)

Join the tour at Dover for a morning ferry to Calais, we include the club class lounge onboard. We use the main roads to get to the old pit straight at Reims for a photo call, before a short drive into the City of Reims. We overnight here after a Champagne visit and dinner.

Day 2 (Wednesday)

From Champagne we have a very pretty drive into Burgundy with suggested lunch stop. Our chateau hotel this evening is just North of Macon.

Day 3 (Thursday)

Once again we have plotted a superb drive into the French Alps with an overnight stay in Embrun.

Day 4 (Friday)

Today is an epic drive as we drop down to the Cote d’Azur and onto your chosen hotel. We will have welcome drinks on the harbour in the early evening.

Day 5&6 (Saturday & Sunday)

We provide you with race tickets for both days racing. Unless you specify otherwise we give you tickets for Casino Square on Saturday then Grandstand K between Tabac and the Swimming pool on Sunday. You have access to our restaurant on Tabac corner from 0900 on Sunday, for hot drinks and pastries. We then have lunch on their terrace where we can continue to watch the racing.

Day 7 (Monday)

After a break from driving over the weekend, we have another epic drive, this time up the Route Napoleon. We overnight on the Rhone with dinner included.

Day 8 (Tuesday)

We travel up the Rhone past Lyon today for the finale evening in the heart of Chablis. Here we will have a wine tasting before finale dinner in the excellent hotel restaurant.

Day 9 (Wednesday)

After breakfast make your way back to the port of Calais or speak to us about extending you stay in France.

Alternatively join us in Italy for the Mille Miglia weekend. We link Monaco and Lake Iseo with a superb overnight in the Italian hills before joining the Mille Miglia group.

Vintage Cognac Vintage Cognac Vintage Cognac Vintage Cognac

Vintage Cognac

Description

Where: France with Cognac Stay

How Long: 6 Days

We are very pleased to announce the fourth running of this tour and 2017 will see the third edition of the closed road hill climb element. The tour down to the Charente includes one overnight stay in France before arriving in Cognac where we are based for three nights

Tour Operator: Classic Grand Touring
Available: 31st May – 6th June 2018 TBC

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



We are very pleased to announce the fourth running of this tour and 2017 will see the third edition of the closed road hill climb element.

The tour down to the Charente includes one overnight stay in France before arriving in Cognac where we are based for three nights. The weekend features a garden party with jazz band and autojumble, a touristic rally and hill climb. All based in the heart of Cognac country.

Tour Itinerary

Wednesday 31st May

The tour starts in Portsmouth where we have arranged special loading for our cars on the 2245 hrs sailing to Caen. Aboard get to know your fellow rally companions as the ship sets sail. Your on-board accommodation is included.

Thursday 1st June

On arrival into France follow our suggested routes on pretty roads via a coffee. We stop at Le Mans for lunch and a visit to the museum, it is then a short cross country route to our overnight stay at the ex-Aston Martin Team hotel at La Chartre-sur-le-Loir.

Friday 2nd June

After breakfast at the hotel, we have a very pretty drive down past Tours and through the Vienne valley, with a suggested coffee and lunch stop in one of the regions prettiest villages. We will make our way to the former Cognac distillery hosting the garden party to take part in the afternoon’s activities which includes a Concours d’Etat. This evening we have dinner at our Cognac based hotel.

Saturday 3rd June

This morning the scenic rally departs on some of the finest roads surrounding Cognac. There are checkpoint/refreshment points along the way and an excellent lunch taken at a surprise location.

Sunday 4th June

Today the hillclimb takes pace, retracing a route once used in competition. We will get to run our cars at full speed on closed roads up the 1.5 km hill. The will be multiple runs during the day. This evening we will have a finale dinner.

Monday 5th June

After breakfast at the hotel travel back to the port of Caen for the 2300 Hrs ferry back to Portsmouth with on board accommodation included.

Passo del Rombo Passo del Rombo Passo del Rombo Passo del Rombo Passo del Rombo

Passo del Rombo

Description

Where: From Austria to Italy

How Long: 30km

Added: 25 November 2011

The “secret gap” in the Alps, this route is a little gem running between Austria and Italy, a much less known road than many, and often used by Mercedes to test their cars.


View Larger Map

This route was sent in by Alessandro Forconi

Unfortunately you can only drive this road for a few months of the year as it is frequently snow covered, sometimes even in July!

The road is quite fluid, very different from the “tough” Stelvio Pass, and also enjoys very light traffic. There is a small toll to pay, but it is a price worth paying to experience this wonderful piece of tarmac.

Part of the pleasure of driving this road is being so close to nature, It is nonetheless impossible not to stop and admire the stunning views that repeatedly open up along the way. Sometimes sheep, goats or even ibexes cross your path, and as you continue southwards, the climate suddenly changes, taking on Mediterranean characteristics.

At the top of the pass there is a small but very interesting Rombo’s Pass museum inside a building which appears to hang out from the rocks into space. You will also find various architectural sculptures located at stopping places along the road, enlighten travellers about the natural surroundings, the history, the culture, the communities and the economy of the region. Explore the sculptures, expand your horizons, There is a lot of history around this pass, which has been on of the first built using diggers and men together.

The Splugen Pass The Splugen Pass The Splugen Pass The Splugen Pass

The Splugen Pass

Description

Where: Between Italy and Switzerland

How Long: 10km

Added: 27 November 2011

A great road running between Switzerland and Italy, closed in winter, but worth driving when open. A series of hairpins and great views make this one to see ad drive.


View Larger Map

Photos and details sent in by Alessandro Forconi

The Splügen Pass runs between Switzerland and Italy and has an elevation of 2,113 m, approached on the Italian side along the banks of the stunning Lake Como. Closed in the winter, this is a lesser known pass, but nevertheless one that is challenging and rewarding to drive.

Climbing up through a belt of pine trees, this is a stunning road which twists and turns ever upwards, but also has several long straights and sweeping curves that allow you to stretch your legs. With the obligatory hairpin bends, the scenery becomes more barren as the road climbs up through moorland, the road becoming tighter and more challenging until near the top, some incredible views of the distant snow covered peaks and valleys become visible

Classic Vietnam 2018 Classic Vietnam 2018 Classic Vietnam 2018 Classic Vietnam 2018 Classic Vietnam 2018

Classic Vietnam 2018

Description

Where: Vietnam

How Long: 2 Weeks

Classic Vietnam offers the opportunity to drive an ex US military jeep through this fascinating country. Starting in Hanoi we head south, visiting 4 world heritage sites, several Vietnam War sites including Khe Sanh and Hamburger Hill, and cities including, among others, Hanoi, Da Nang, Hue and Hoi An.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Journeys
Available: 24th March - 7th April 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



For years it has not been possible for non residents to drive 4 wheeled vehicles in Vietnam. That is why Clarkson and Co in their recent Top Gear special used scooters instead of cars. We have now managed to overcome the licensing hurdles and in 2012 we ran the first event of it’s kind.

The route broadly follows the Ho Chi Minh Trail the ’secret’ supply route used by the North Vietnamese to supply their troops in the south during the conflict. We stay in lovely hotels and in keeping with other events you will be provided with a detailed route book enabling you to travel at your own pace. As always, as well as several tourist hot spots, we’ll be visiting several areas not normally accessed by tourists.

The trip commences in Hanoi and finishes in former Saigon, now named Ho Chi Minh City.

Grand Prix de l’Age d’Or Grand Prix de l’Age d’Or Grand Prix de l’Age d’Or

Grand Prix de l’Age d’Or

Description

Where: France, Dijon

How Long: 5 Days

The Grand Prix de l’Age d’Or is one of the longest surviving races in France. Currently it is held at the historic Dijon Prenois race track.

Tour Operator: Classic Grand Touring
Available: 7th June – 11th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Grand Prix de l’Age d’Or is one of the longest surviving races in France. Currently it is held at the historic Dijon Prenois race track. Our tour offers an overnight in Champagne via a photo stop at the old pit buildings in Reims. We have researched superb driving roads into Burgundy for two nights amongst some of the finest wine producing vines in France.

Tour Itinerary

Thursday 7th June (PLEASE NOTE THE EVENT DATES HAVE NOT YET BEEN RELEASED. THE DATES BELOW ARE PROVISIONAL)

We take the Eurotunnel into France and our route takes us via the Reims pit buildings for a photo opportunity. Our hotel is a short distance from Reims, we will offer welcome aperitifs here before dinner in the hotel’s restaurant.

Friday 8th June

We have plotted an attractive cross-country route into Burgundy. Along the way, we have a suggested coffee and lunch stop. Our hotel for the next three nights is situated on the route des Grand Vins. This evening we walk into the village for dinner at a local restaurant.

Saturday 9th June

This morning we take a pleasant drive over the hills to the Dijon-Prenois circuit to watch the historic racing taking place. It is a superb circuit with lots of history. Parade laps of the circuit are included today. During the afternoon we visit a fascinating chateau situated just north of Beaune, which houses an amazing collection of fighter planes and Abarth cars amongst other vehicles of interest, we will round off the visit with a tasting of the wines produced by the chateau.

Sunday 10th June

We return to the circuit today to enjoy the racing, more parade laps are possible for those that wish to do them. We have organised a trackside picnic lunch amongst our cars whilst enjoying the racing. This evening we will be served a typical Burgundian dinner at the hotel, with accompanying wines.

Monday 11th June

After breakfast at the hotel we make our way back to Calais for the Eurotunnel of your choice.

SPA Classic Tour SPA Classic Tour SPA Classic Tour SPA Classic Tour SPA Classic Tour

SPA Classic Tour

Description

Where: Spa Belgium

How Long: 4 Nights

Our 4 night Spa Classic tour has been specifically designed for owners of classic, sports, performance and prestige cars, putting you at the very heart of the action, with accommodation at the outstanding 4 Star Radisson Blu Balmoral resort hotel & Spa.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours
Available: 17th May - 21st May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Thursday 17th

Arriving in Spa under your own steam, you will be welcomed to the hotel with a refreshment of your choice by the Tour Director. After unwinding following your journey and signing on, you will be able to check in from 15.30.

After settling into your bedroom, this evening you can enjoy a 3 course welcome dinner in the hotel restaurant. This is the ideal opportunity to meet and get to know your fellow tour companions.

Friday 18th

Following a relaxed breakfast, we head to the Spa Francorchamps circuit where we have reserved parking in the paddock. You are free to enjoy the atmosphere in the paddock and pit buildings as the qualifying sessions take place throughout the day. You have the option of taking a buffet lunch in the drivers club overlooking the famous Eau Rouge corner.

Returning to the circuit in the afternoon, there is the option of taking your car to the circuit for a 25 minute track session.

You are free to make your own dinner arrangements this evening.

Saturday 19th

After breakfast, we return to the circuit to enjoy a full day of racing. Parking is again reserved in the paddock and you have the opportunity to explore the circuit, pits and trade village. There is the option of a 4 course dinner in the Maison eu Rouge overlooking the circuit. Prior to dinner there is the opportunity of taking your car to the circuit for an optional 25 minute track session. You are then free to soak up the atmosphere and enjoy the rest of the evenings racing and nightlife before heading back to our hotel.

Sunday 20th

Today sees another full day of racing at the circuit. Parking is reserved for you in the paddock once again. You are free to make your own lunch arrangements and fully enjoy the day. There is the option of taking your car to the circuit for a 25 minute track session. After returning to the hotel following the end of the racing, we will have our final evening farewell dinner in the hotel restaurant.

Monday 21st

After breakfast and vacating your bedroom, it will be time to say farewell to your fellow tour companions and set out on the journey for home.

The Midlands Tick The Midlands Tick The Midlands Tick

The Midlands Tick

Description

Where: Nottinghamshire/Leicestershire

How Long: Approx 50 Miles

Added: 01 December 2011

This British Driving Road takes us to the centre of the UK for the imaginatively titled Midlands Tick. Featuring a good mix of long straights and tight corners this route has everything required for an entertaining drive.


View Larger Map

This road was introduced by www.motoringspy.co.uk

The 50 mile route takes you on a scenic journey around the outskirts of Nottingham and Leicester.

Starting in Bingham just 10 miles east of Nottingham the Midlands Tick begins where the Tithby Road meets the A52.Continue south along the Bingham Road for the first few miles passing through Wiverton and then Langar.

Next you’ll pass by Harby before reaching Eastwell and turning right at the crossroads.

One mile later turn left leaving Landyke Loan and after another mile you’ll reach Scalford.

Follow King Street, then onto Melton Road and continue until you reach Melton Mowbray, home of the eponymous pork pie and one of the six homes of stilton cheese.

If you can resist the temptation to stop and sample the food, leave Melton Mowbray heading south along the B6047 Dalby Road.

Follow the road through Great Dalby, Thorpe Satchville, Twyford and Tilton on the Hill.
Cross the A47, still on the B6047 and continue for another six miles until you take a left onto the A6.
Follow the A6 south for two miles before briefly joining the A427 for about a tenth of a mile before turning left onto the B664 Sutton Road.

And finally, stay on the B664 for the remaining 10 miles, passing through Sutton Bassett, Medbourne and Stockerston before you reach your destination in Uppingham.

During the journey you’ll also pass two old RAF bases so expect to see the occasional glider floating around the area and landing on the runways.

Apart from that, look out for the mobile speed cameras which are often in the area.

Have you driven the Midlands Tick? Do you live nearby and have any local knowledge that you could share with everyone else?

St Ives To St Just St Ives To St Just St Ives To St Just

St Ives To St Just

Description

Where: Cornwall

How Long: 13 Miles

Added: 01 December 2011

This Driving Road takes us to Cornwall for a spot of the South West’s finest – It’s the B3306 from St Ives to St Just. Prepare for 13 miles of sweeping bends, short straights and tight turns. The views aren’t too bad either.


View Larger Map

This is another Great Road contributed by www.motoringspy.co.uk

Leaving the popular tourist destination of St Ives the journey begins with a steep climb along a narrow road which certainly helps to sharpen your attention.

It demands your full concentration right from the start.

After the first half mile, take the right hand road (B3306) at the Y junction. As you continue the road becomes rather unpredictable. You’re never quite sure what will be round the next bend.

It could be a tight hairpin, a graceful S bend, a sweeping climb or a big open top bus full of tourists.

If the road is busy with traffic it can get rather tiresome due to the lack of suitable overtaking opportunities. So it’s worth pulling over and enjoying the stunning views over the sea until the road clears.

But if you’re lucky enough to find a quiet time you can cruise along totally absorbed in the S bends strung together by a collection of short straights.

In the right car at the right time this road can make you feel as if you’re soaring with the birds.

As you pass through Zennor, the road narrows and the pace slows as you negotiate the little village.

The next few miles of road are punctuated by the villages of Porthmeor, Morvah and Bojewyan. Once you pass Ponds Hill on St Ives Road, take a left onto the B3318 and after another two miles turn right onto the A3071.

Two miles later you’ll reach St Just, the most westerly town in mainland England and Wales.

St Ives to St Just is a highly technical route with miles of tight, twisty blacktop.

It requires total concentration and a keen lookout for walkers, bikers, livestock and tourists.

But get it right and it will make you feel alive like few other roads in the UK.

The B3224 Exmoor The B3224 Exmoor The B3224 Exmoor

The B3224 Exmoor

Description

Where: Wheddon Cross and Brendon Hill. B3224

How Long: 8 Miles

Added: 01 December 2011

This Driving Road is situated in the West Country and runs along the B3224 between Wheddon Cross and Brendon Hill. The route takes you through Exmoor National Park which provides glorious scenery, especially in the summer.


View Larger Map

Another road contributed by www.motoringspy.co.uk

Starting at Wheddon Cross (just before the B3224 crosses the A396) and heading east, you’ll travel along Summerway, Hare Path and finally Withiel Hill.

About half a mile before your destination at Brendon Hill you’ll reach a T-junction. Turn right onto the B3190.

This great B road drive has all the usual ingredients including fast and flowing curves with open views of the surrounding countryside.

It all adds up to an amazing driving experience, lasting just 10 minutes, which is far too short, but it can always be driven in the reverse direction.

And if you’re feeling peckish after the drive, the Ralegh’s Cross Inn at Brendon Hill is highly recommended.

It’s definitely worth a stop for the good food and friendly service.

So have you ever driven this route? And have you got any local knowledge which would make it better for other fellow drivers. Let’s hear your thoughts about this Exmoor classic.

The Cheddar Gorge The Cheddar Gorge The Cheddar Gorge

The Cheddar Gorge

Description

Where: Cheddar Gorge in The West Country

How Long: 14 Miles

Added: 01 December 2011

This is another great driving road situated in the West Country and is a route that incorporates the Cheddar Gorge. This road is just 10 miles south-west of Bristol and 8 miles east of Weston-Super-Mare.


View Larger Map

Another great road to drive sent in by www.motoringspy.co.uk

Starting on the B3135 just east of Cheddar, 14 glorious miles of Somerset countryside lie between you and your destination at Ashwick.

Heading east along Cliff Road, you’ll pass through Priddy before travelling along Plummer’s Loan.

After you cross the Old Bristol Road, take the right fork at the next Y junction before crossing the Bristol Road then the Bath Road. Continuing along Roemead Road, you’ll cross the A37 before travelling along Pound Loan to reach Ashwick.

The route can be divided into three main sections.

Section One
The first section leaving Cheddar is the most demanding. The scenery is stunning with massive cliff faces on either side of the road.

It’s also full of tight, twisty sections where the route has been dictated by the geography of the gorge.

Placement of your car through the corners is vital and as there are few overtaking opportunities agility is more valuable than outright power.

As a result, total concentration is required for the first section.

Section Two
After four miles or so you’ll exit the gorge and begin the second section. Rocks are replaced by trees and the tight turns loosen up, turning hairpins into long sweeping bends.

Section Three
The final section provides a few miles of long straights and gentle gradient changes making for a quick conclusion to this short route.

At times the road can get busy, so watch out for buses, tourists, farm vehicles and sheep.

But having said that, the drive is well balanced. The first half is normally busier. It has few overtaking chances, but that doesn’t matter as you’ll be fully occupied negotiating the gorge and staying on the road.

And as the road opens you can easily overtake any slower traffic.

The B3135 is a tasty road in more ways than one.

Halfway along the route there’s Hartley’s Kitchen which is one of the best places to eat in the Mendips. It serves the best breakfasts and lunches for miles around.

And at the end of your journey you can pop into the Oakhill Inn for refreshments.

If you’re ever in this part of the country, it would be a shame to miss out on this amazing drive.

Do you live near Cheddar? Have you got any local knowledge which will improve our enjoyment of this route? We would welcome your feedback.

The Woodhead Pass The Woodhead Pass

The Woodhead Pass

Description

Where: Derbyshire Peak District

How Long: 19 miles

Added: 04 December 2011

This roads is situated in Derbyshire in the Peak District.
Although a major road, it’s one of the best in the country, with magnificent views over the countryside.


View Larger Map

Another great road contributed by www.motoringspy.co.uk

This great road takes us to Derbyshire in the Peak District.

The Woodhead pass on the A628 is one of the main roads connecting Manchester to South Yorkshire.

Although this is a major road, it’s one of the best in the country. Due to the elevation of the road it provides magnificent views over the countryside.

Starting at Stocksbridge and heading west towards Hollingworth this stretch of road is like a tour of the region’s reservoirs as you’ll pass at least eight during the 19 mile route.

Leaving Stocksbridge you’ll pass Underbank Reservoir then Langsett Reservoir and out into the Peak District countryside towards the Woodhead pass.

Then it’s on towards Woodhead reservoir, through Crowden and past Tarside Reservoir. Next, it’s Rhodeswood Reservoir, Valehouse Reservoir and Bottoms Reservoir in quick succession. Finally, you’ll drive through Tintwistle, then past Arnfield Reservoir before reaching Hollingsworth.

As this is both a major road and a popular driving route you’ll generally encounter plenty of traffic and several hidden speed traps. It’s also popular with walkers, bikers and the occasional sheep.

And finally, due to the height of the road, exposed sections can often become treacherous with black ice, so drive carefully.

The Flüela Pass The Flüela Pass

The Flüela Pass

Description

Where: Swiss Alps

How Long: Approx 30km

Added: 01 December 2011

Flüela Pass is a high mountain pass in the Swiss Alps. The road connects Davos and Susch in the lower Engadin valley.


View Larger Map

This great European road was contributed by Alex Christou

The Flüela Pass is a high mountain pass in the Swiss Alps. The road connects Davos and Susch in the lower Engadin valley.

This is an excellent pass along an extremely quiet valley, with a limited number of villages which allows you to get into a great driving rhythm, without having to slow down and then speed up again every few kilometres.

Starting from the north end at Davos, the initial rise up is through a beautiful alpine forest, with a nice collection of wide sweeping bends running into one another. As you rise further up the pass, and burst through the forest and above the tree line (approximately 1800M) the pass starts to tighten, however it never becomes extreme (switchback on top of switchback) so allows you to keep the rhythm going all the way to the top.

Coming back down is a little steeper, and there are a few more twisty sections as you come out of the main valley and back into the wooded area. The pass has an immaculate road surface, and you can usually enjoy it end to end almost uninterrupted.

Ambleside to Boot Ambleside to Boot Ambleside to Boot

Ambleside to Boot

Description

Where: The Lake Districe

How Long: 15 Miles

Added: 04 December 2011

This Driving Road is rather special. It recently featured as part of Volvo UK’s Facebook competition to find the country’s best driving road.


View Larger Map

Another contribution from www.motoringspy.co.uk

This Driving Road is rather special. It recently featured as part of Volvo UK’s Facebook competition to find the country’s best driving road.

It was won by Martin Baker who suggested the 15 mile drive from Ambleside to Boot in the Lake District.

As a result he was awarded a new Volvo S60 DRIVe R-Design and a special video of the drive presented by Robert Llewellyn.

Look at this drive on www.motoringspy.co.uk and click the video to savour the views of this amazing drive.

The route starts at Ambleside in the Lake District at the North of Lake Windermere…next to the Apple Pie Cafe to be precise.

Taking the A593 and heading west the first settlement you’ll pass through is Clappersgate. You won’t however be going like the clappers as much of the road is a single lane track – nothing more than a bridal path in parts.
Continuing west you’ll pass through Skelwith Bridge.

Soon after, you’ll pass within a few miles North of Coniston Water. This is where Donald Campbell broke the Water Speed Record several times before the tragic accident in 1967.

The remaining miles of the journey are isolated, with only Cockley Beck between you and the end of the road at Boot.
Just looking at the photos and the video you’ll see how dramatic the scenery is including mountains and forests along the way.

Just remember to drive carefully as the road is extremely narrow in places. Some sections have a gradient of up to 30 degrees while other have twists and turns which prevent you seeing more than a few feet ahead. Enjoy.

Crianlarich To Oban Crianlarich To Oban Crianlarich To Oban

Crianlarich To Oban

Description

Where: Scotland's west Coast

How Long: 40 miles

Added: 04 December 2011

This great driving road takes us to the west of Scotland for a delightful drive through Argyll and Bute from Crianlarich to Oban on the west coast.


View Larger Map

Another great road, contributed by www.motoringspy.co.uk

Full of long straights connected by a combination of relaxed S bends and tight corners it’s the perfect route to help you forget about the irritations of life and rediscover the joy of driving.

The starting point is Crianlarich (pronounced cree-an-lar-ich) just 10 miles north of Loch Lomond.

It’s often said that Crianlarich is the most sign-posted destination in the whole of the UK. Roadsigns point to the small village for a radius of 100 miles in all directions, which, let’s face it, covers most of Scotland.

It might be true, or it might just be an urban myth. But never matter.

The Directions
Heading west, leaving the A85 at Crianlarich you should select the A82 which will take you through Inverherive and then Tyndrum.

Speaking of which, at Tyndrum you can stop at the Real Food Cafe for locally sourced fish and chips.

And just along the road there’s the Green Welly Shop which provides whisky, gifts and snacks, but not always in that order.

Back on the road, take the left fork which takes you back onto the A85 where you will stay until you reach Oban.

Several miles later you’ll pass Dalmally which is the mid-point of the route.

After that you’ll reach the coast and follow it for a while passing Loch Awe. Continuing along the road, you’ll eventually move inland, passing through Taynuilt then back to the coast travelling through Connel.

A couple of miles later you’ll see the Halfway Filling Station. It’s a good idea to check your fuel gauge as there aren’t too many chances to refuel in this part of the country.

Continue following the A85 and within a few miles you’ll reach George Street in Oban.

The Drive
The first two miles consist of narrow country lanes which gradually broaden.

Within five miles when you pass Clifton the road is ripe for an enjoyable drive.

The next five miles of long straight sections divided by gentle bends encourage you to settle into grand touring mode.

At the ten mile mark the gentle curves become challenging chicanes and tight turns which require total concentration.

In the right car and frame of mind this section is as good as any road in the UK.

Within two glorious miles the gentle cruising road returns.

After Dalmally the pace increases as you pass Loch Awe with its long straights and scenic waterfalls.

Incidentally, much of this 40 mile route runs parallel with the west coast railway branch line from Glasgow right down the Kintyre Peninsula.

However, the speed limit on the road is rather less than the railway and speed camera vans are frequently dotted along this route.

So if you meet other motorists who flash their headlights at you it’s not because they’re trying to say “welcome to the highlands”.

Leaving Loch Awe, you’ll be accompanied by Loch Etive for the last five miles before you arrive at the bustling seaside town of Oban.

Known as the seafood capital of Scotland and gateway to the Isles, it’s not unknown for the population to triple during the summer months making the roads around the area much busier.

Not a deal breaker, but something to consider.

Crianlarich to Oban is an interesting route with a split personality.

If you’re in a mellow mood, the long sections, gentle curves and beautiful scenery can provide an hour of relaxed cruising. All you need it Matt Monro on the radio…and a Lamborghini Miura.

But if you’re in the mood for a more spirited drive it can provide all the thrills and adrenalin you need from a great driving road.

Do you live in this part of the country? Have you got any local knowledge that will improve the route for others? We would really appreciate your input.

B4520 Builth Wells to Brecon B4520 Builth Wells to Brecon B4520 Builth Wells to Brecon

B4520 Builth Wells to Brecon

Description

Where: Powys, Wales

How Long: 16 Miles

Added: 21 December 2011

This great road takes us to the heart of Wales for a truly spectacular drive. Hidden away in Powys – the largest Welsh county – between the historic market towns of Builth Wells and Brecon is the B4520


View Larger Map

Starting in Builth Wells, just 40 miles north of Cardiff, the road takes us south along the Brecon Road.

At first the road climbs rapidly while the excitement of what’s still to come builds.

After three miles of single lanes, crests and dead ground the road really starts to warm up.

Long sweeping curves carry you through the open moorland terrain where you can enjoy the rhythm of the road.

Just keep an eye out for sheep and farm vehicles. The cattle grids are a good clue that this is farming country.

As you cross Llanewir Cwm and pass through Duhonw and eventually Llangynog, the road does its best to throw you into the ditch, so it must be treated with great respect.

It’s also worth bearing in mind that this area is used by the MOD so don’t be surprised by explosions or light machine gun fire in the distance.

As the 16 mile route progresses you’ll pass through Upper Chapel, Lower Chapel, Pwllgloyw and finally Llandefaelog Fach.

You’ll also notice that the intensity of the road begins to drop into a mellow cruise.

The B4520 to Brecon is a well-weighted drive that provides a good introduction which slowly builds to a crescendo during the mid-section and finally eases up as you reach the end of the journey.

Have you driven this route? Do you live nearby and have any local knowledge which you can add to this?

The Buttertubs Pass The Buttertubs Pass The Buttertubs Pass

The Buttertubs Pass

Description

Where: Yorkshire Dales

How Long: 5.5 miles

Added: 21 December 2011

This great road takes us to the heart of the Yorkshire Dales for the Buttertubs Pass, rated by Jeremy Clarkson as “*England’s only truly spectacular road”*


View Buttertubs Pass in a larger map

A great road contributed by www.motoringspy.co.uk

This short 5 1/2 mile C road from Thwaite to Hawes has everything you need for an amazing driving experience; steep climbs, rapid descents, tight challenging corners and dramatic scenery.

In fact it has been rated as “England’s only truly spectacular road” by none other than Jeremy Clarkson.

Starting in Thwaite just off the B6270 and heading south along Cliff Gate Road, the route climbs sharply over the first couple of miles.

Reaching the peak of the cliff side pass provides great visibility and some stunning views.

The name Buttertubs comes from the limestone potholes formed by the rock face. Local legend says that farmers would use them to store their butter during the summer en route to their local market.

Towards the end of the drive you’ll pass through High Shaw and then Simonstone before reaching Hawes.

In total the Buttertubs Pass should be one of the best 10 minutes of your driving life.

And once you reach Hawes, you can turn right and find refreshments at the Green Dragon Inn just half a mile along the road.

Mick Rich E-mailed to say “Buttertubs Pass is a stunning bit of road, it’s even better when you start at the Tan Hill Inn (the highest pub in England) and head for West Stonesdale, turn left onto the B6270 and then pick up the Pass at Thwaite.

Thank you Mick, will try that out next time I drive it.

Invergarry to the Isle of Skye. Invergarry to the Isle of Skye.

Invergarry to the Isle of Skye.

Description

Where: Scottish Highlands

How Long: 99 miles Approx

Added: 21 December 2011

This great driving road takes us to the highlands of Scotland for one of the classic driving routes, the A87 to Skye.


View Untitled in a larger map

Another great road also found on www.motoringspy.co.uk

One of the great attractions of this great road is the fast sweeping bends with almost no junctions.

Starting from Invergarry in the heart of the Scottish Highlands the route takes us towards the west coast, across the Skye bridge and right to the north of the Isle of Skye.

Leaving Invergarry the first half of the journey takes us past the stunning scenery of 5 different lochs;
• Loch Garry
• Loch Loyne
• Loch Cluanie
• Loch Duich
• Loch Alsh

Eventually the lochs recede and you’ll reach the Kyle of Lochalsh. From there you’ll cross the Skye bridge and wind your way north through the Isle of Skye passing Corry, Silgachan, Portree and finally arriving in Idrigill at journey’s end.

As this is a long drive of 99 miles, it will take approximately two and a half hours each way. So remember to take something to eat and drink.

Alternatively, as the first half of the route from Invergarry through the shadow of the five sisters provides the most stunning views, you may want to turn around at the Kyle of Lochalsh.

This will cut the journey to around 50 miles each way.
But whatever route you select, this is a great drive through the highlands covering all types of roads.
It’s also good all year round, with lambs in the fields during the spring and snow on the hilltops during the winter…and sometimes the summer.

However, great care must be taken during the winter as the weather in the Scottish Highlands can deteriorate rapidly with snow, black ice, gales and torrential wind possible. So check the weather forecast before you leave.

Higham Ferrers to St Neots Higham Ferrers to St Neots Higham Ferrers to St Neots

Higham Ferrers to St Neots

Description

Where: Cambridgeshire

How Long: 18 miles

Added: 21 December 2011

This drive takes us to the B645 in Cambridgeshire.The 18 mile route from Higham Ferrers to Saint Neots is an excellent B road known as “Spa” among keen drivers.


View Larger Map

This road was part of Volvo’s Facebook campaign to find the best driving road.

That means there’s another short video of the drive presented by Robert Llewellyn for us to enjoy.

http://www.motoringspy.co.uk/733/great-driving-roads-no6-the-b645-to-st-neots/

Starting in Higham Ferrers and heading east you’ll pass through a series of small villages and historic market towns.

First up is Chelveston, then Hargrave, Tilbrook, Kimbolton, Great Staughton, Hail Weston and finally St Neots.

The B645 is an excellent route (only downgraded from an A road in the mid-ninties) with lots of open sweeping curves and good visibility which is typical of fenland roads.

It’s similar to the B660 but much busier especially with bikers. Due to this popularity it’s more heavily policed so watch out for speed traps.

As Robert Llewellyn says in his video, you could get to St Neots by roaring up the A1, but that would miss the point…it would also miss a truly epic driving experience.

Northern Alps Tour Northern Alps Tour Northern Alps Tour Northern Alps Tour Northern Alps Tour

Northern Alps Tour

Description

Where: France and Switzerland

How Long: 9 Days

This road trip through the Alps takes us along some of the most fantastic roads you can experience within driving distance of the UK.

Tour Operator: Fantastic Roads
Available: 16th September -24th September 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



This road trip through the Alps takes us along some of the most fantastic roads you can experience within driving distance of the UK. Magnificent snow capped mountains, lush green valleys, crystal clear mountain streams and hidden alpine villages.

Crossing eighteen passes, negotiating countless hairpins and plenty of tunnels this road trip takes you on a scenic tour through the heart of the alps. Add in fabulous hotels and great dining and you have a trip that is truly memorable.

Day 1 Saturday
Total distance 380m Driving time approximately 5hr 30m
On exiting the Eurotunnel our driving tour begins by taking us along smooth autoroutes toward Reims. Here we pay a visit to the old GP circuit, take a short break to wander around the old pits complex, take a few pictures of the cars and then drive around the circuit. Then it’s back onto the autoroute and off to our chateau near Dijon where we can relax, enjoy a stroll through the grounds and then sit down to a wonderful dinner.

Day 2 Sunday
Total distance 180m Driving time approximately 5hr 30m
We drive south on the autoroute for a further 69 miles and then leave to continue on the Route National through Lons Le Saunier and on to our restaurant for lunch which offers panoramic views over Lac de Vouglans. After lunch we leave the Route National and take to the minor roads to meander east and south through the Haute Dura Parc Naturel following part of the route used by the Tour de France, returning to the Route National for the last 60 miles to our hotel on the shore of Lac Annecy.

Day 3 Monday
Total distance 130m Driving time approximately 4hr 00m
A more leisurely day. Leaving the hotel we follow the shoreline of the lake south toward Ugine where we turn left and start our ascent into the mountain passes on some fantastic roads. Our morning route takes us south and then east past Lac de Roseland and on to Bourge St. Maurice where we stop for lunch. The next part of the drive takes us along some great roads as we head north east across the Col Du Petit St. Bernard where some of the scenes from the 1969 film “The Italian Job” were shot. We cross the border into Italy (hopefully we will not be stopped by machine gun-toting Mafia!). We continue east and then south into the Grand Paradiso to our hotel for the evening.

Day 4 Tuesday
Total Distance 160m Driving time approximately 4hr 45m
Today we head north via Pre Saint Didier and Aosta and across the border into Switzerland driving along the fantastic road that crosses the Col du Grand St. Bernard at 2469m. We stop for lunch before turning right and heading east from Martigny along the Rhone valley. Here we join the motorway for a short while before taking a detour south into the mountains around Unterbach and Burchen for an afternoon coffee. After coffee we drive back down to the valley and head east to our hotel near the foot of the Grimsel and Susten passes.

Day 5 Wednesday
Total distance 165m Driving time approximately 4hr 15m
Leaving our hotel our road trip starts to climb into the Alps, tracking south-west and then south-east to begin our ascent of the Nufenen pass at 2478m. A right turn then takes us south-east back into Italy prior to our next excursion into the mountains. This time our road trip takes us north across the fabulous San Bernadino pass at 2065m and back into Switzerland. We continue north and then change direction to east through Tiefencastle then south across the Albulapass at 2312m. before turning right towards St. Moritz and our hotel for the next 2 nights

Day 6 Thursday
Total Distance 127m Driving time approximately 4hr 30m
Today is the day we drive the Stelvio, a road many have described as one of the best driving roads in Europe. Leaving our hotel we head south west to begin our ascent into the mountains with our first pass of the day, the Passo del Bernina at 2328m. A left turn takes us south along the Valle di Livigno out of Switzerland into Italy and the Parco Nazionale dello Stelvio. Turning right we take the Passo D’Eira at 2209m and the Passo Di Focagno at 2291m. on through Bormio and onto the Stelvio at 2759m. We stop at the top of the Stelvio, and for those with the energy, there will be enough time to take a walk up the path to the small bar and restaurant where the photo opportunities are amazing. Descending the Stelvio, we turn left and north. Passing through the pretty little walled town of Glorenza we head back into Switzerland, cross the Ofenpass at 2149m. take a left at Zernez and head back to our hotel.

Day 7 Friday
Total Distance 168m Driving time approximately 5hr 15m
On leaving the hotel we head sout-east and then turn right taking us north-west across the Julierpass at 2284m and then over the Albulapass at 2312m. head towards Zernez, our lunch stop for the day. After lunch we head to Davos vias the Fluelapass at 2383m. and then north along the valley, if time permits we can stop and take a cable car ride up the mountain at Lenzerheide and enjoy the stunning views and constant changing light from the top before heading to our hotel for the evening near Disentis.

Day 8 Saturday
Total distance 259m Driving time approximately 6hr 15m
Our final four alpine passes, and what a set of passes they are making this an absolutely stunning exit from the alps! Leaving our hotel our road trip takes us west where we climb the Oberalpass at 2044m. continue across the furkapass at 2431m. before turning right and heading north over the Grimselpass at 2165m. Dropping down into Innerkirchen we turn east and cross the Sustenpass at 2224m. to Wassen. Here we turn left and soon join the motorway and head north-west out of Switzerland toward Mulhouse and then onto our hotel in the Parc Naturel Regional des Ballons des Voges for the final night of our Alpine experience.

Day 9 Sunday
Total Distance 360m Driving time approximately 5hr 30m
Our final day. Back to Calais for the Eurotunnel with some wonderful memories of fantastic roads, breathtaking scenery, great food and wonderful wine, all shared with new friends.

Canadian Cruise Canadian Cruise Canadian Cruise Canadian Cruise

Canadian Cruise

Description

Where: Canada

How Long: 8 Days

An 8 Day driving tour of Canada starting in Vancouver and visiting some of Canada’s most amazing sights.

Tour Operator: Petrolhead Tours
Available: 12th May - 19th May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



How about arriving in Vancouver, picking up a rental car, and spending a week driving through the wild and wondrous mountains and valleys of the great Canadian outdoors. This is not our usual style of driving tour; there will be less time in the cars and more time for sightseeing and exploration and relaxation.

Summary:
Saturday, midday – Join us at Vancouver airport to meet your tour managers, pick up your satnav, walkie talkie, and route book, and of course your rental vehicle. Choose between a “full size sedan” or an SUV to fully embrace the North American way of life.
Don’t worry, it’s just a short drive out of Vancouver to the first hotel of the trip, at the foot of the Trans Canada Highway…

Sunday – From our hotel we’re straight out on to the Trans Canada Highway and on our way east, to Kelowna. It’s not a long drive so we’ll have a leisurely start to the day, an easy drive, and get to our lakeside hotel in plenty of time to enjoy the facilities. This is arguably the best hotel in Kelowna… we’ll want to enjoy it.

Monday – Kelowna to Lake Louise, again on the Trans Canada Highway. Leaving British Columbia for Alberta. The Trans Canada Highway is actually the longest highway in the world at 7,714km long. We won’t be driving all of it! We will enjoy the amazing Canadian scenery on the way to our retreat at Lake Louise though.

Tuesday – Lake Louise to Jasper, on the Icefields Parkway.
“To travel the Icefields Parkway is to experience one of Canada’s national treasures and most rewarding destinations. Stretching 232km (144mi.) through the heart of the Canadian Rocky Mountain Parks World Heritage Site, this world-class journey offers access to a vast wilderness of pristine mountain lakes, ancient glaciers and broad sweeping valleys. This special travel route winds its way through two national parks, boasting a unique and irreplaceable landscape rich in history and natural beauty second to none.

Wednesday – Jasper rest day.
There’s plenty to do in and around Jasper. As we’ll be staying in the finest hotel in Jasper you may want to simply relax and chill out. On the other hand, you may want to go for a drive to explore the local area, or maybe you’ll fancy a trip up the Jasper Skytram to get the best possible views over this magnificent landscape.

Thursday – Jasper to 100 Mile House.
Another easy driving day, with a late start and and early finish and some spectacular scenery along the way. This is Canada, this is the Rockies, this is the Jasper National Park.

Friday – 100 Mil House to Whistler (Sea to Sky Highway).
Whistler may be famous for the skiing, but that’s not to say it’s any less desirable a destination when the weather warms up, and the magnificent and world famous Sea to Sky Highway will get us there.

Saturday – Whistler to Vancouver (Sea to Sky Highway).
Finally we return to Vancouver airport, continuing down the Sea to Sky Highway (sky to sea?) before heading home.

Ambleside - Kirkstone Pass - A592 Ambleside - Kirkstone Pass - A592 Ambleside - Kirkstone Pass - A592

Ambleside - Kirkstone Pass - A592

Description

Where: Lake District

How Long: Approx 11 miles

Added: 24 January 2012

With an altitude of 1,489 feet the Kirkstone Pass is the Lake District’s highest pass that is open to motor traffic. It connects Ambleside in the Rothay Valley to Patterdale



This road was suggested by Twitter followers Hioctane308 and shellbrown28. The Ferrari photo was kindly sent by weddingtoglakes

A great mountain road to drive, narrow and twisty and in places with 1 in 4 gradients. Brothers Water provides a picturesque view on the descent into Patterdale, and the road provides some stunning scenery.

The Kirkstone Pass Inn stands close to the summit of the pass. Formerly an important coaching inn, it now caters primarily for tourists. It is the third highest public house in England.

Abergwesyn Mountain Road Abergwesyn Mountain Road Abergwesyn Mountain Road Abergwesyn Mountain Road Abergwesyn Mountain Road

Abergwesyn Mountain Road

Description

Where: Mid Wales

How Long: 18 Miles approx

Added: 30 January 2012

The Abergwesyn Mountain Road starts in the village of Tregaron and passes through the Cambrian Mountains, it turns into a network of small roads which all lead to different villages, the recommended drive is to Llyn Brianne which is large reservoir and a nice place to stop


View Larger Map

This road was driven by William Patterson and kindly sent in to Driving for Pleasure.

It’s a great place to take a small/light car and the road is also very close to a couple of the others that we have listed on the website – the A44 Aberystwyth to Llangurig and the Elan Valley.

As you leave Tregaron the road is lined with high hedges which makes visibility a bit tricky but a couple of miles in it starts to open up and it is then much clearer once you get into the hills.

The area is very sparsely populated but the road can be popular with tourists and bikers during the summer and there are the inevitable sheep (and cattle grids) to watch out for!

Given that it’s a little used single track road parts of the surface are a bit rough but generally its quite good (William only came across a couple of large pot holes when he drove it in January 2012).

The road undulates through the hills with lots of variety in terms of corners and crests and the scenery is lovely; a mix of open hills, forests, rivers and lakes.

If you do end up at Llyn Brianne there is a dam at the end of it which is a bit of a feature and William can recommend the Talbot Hotel in Tregaron as somewhere to stay or eat.

South African Classic Cape Safari South African Classic Cape Safari South African Classic Cape Safari South African Classic Cape Safari South African Classic Cape Safari

South African Classic Cape Safari

Description

Where: Cape Town Area, South Africa

How Long: 26 Days

South Africa offers an unparalleled touring experience: Following a route that has been specifically chosen to encompass some of the most stunning and diverse landscapes, we shall be visiting the most scenic parts of southern Africa, including Cape Town and its surrounding area, the glorious Winelands, the Little Karoo, and the beautiful Garden Route.
This trip can be taken at any time.

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: TBC April-November

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



South Africa truly is a world in one country. This ‘Journey of a Lifetime’ tour starts, and finishes in Cape Town, and visits the winelands of Stellenbosch, Franschhoek, Robertson and Constantia. You will see whales in Hermanus – location for the world’s closest land-based whale watching. You will drive some awe-inspiring and stunning mountain passes. IMG_9479You will go on safari in the Addo Elephant National Park and in luxury private game reserves. You will visit cities, towns and quaint villages, drive along the coast, across rolling countryside and over incredible mountain ranges. The tour encompasses the Western Cape and a small section of the Eastern Cape regions of South Africa.

With the Indian Ocean to the east and the Atlantic to the west, South Africa’s coastline is one of the most varied, spectacular and beautiful in the world. The hinterland boasts an unrivalled wealth of flora with six of the world’s seven floral kingdoms. The fauna is world-famous with the likes of elephants, lions, rhinos, giraffes, zebra etc.

Itinerary:

May be subject to change

Day One: 3 November

Arrive in Cape Town, most likely on a morning flight (not included). Make your way to the centre of Cape Town and the V&A Waterfront for the first five nights of the tour. Stay at one of the city’s most luxurious hotels, the One & Only, with rooms overlooking the iconic Table Mountain. The day is at leisure, to either relax or wander around the Waterfront. There will be a welcome dinner this evening in the hotel restaurant.

Your car will be waiting for you in the hotel car park, having been transported from the docks just a mile or so away. Read more about car tranportation below. Alternatively you can hire a classic or convertible car.

Cape Town is acclaimed as one of the world’s most attractive cities, blessed with blue skies, a wonderful climate and a magnificent backdrop of ocean and mountains. With a rich cultural heritage the city boasts a wealth of museums, art galleries and theatres, and an excellent choice of restaurants and shops. Presided over by Table Mountain and skirted by the Atlantic Ocean and exquisite beaches, top attractions include the V&A Waterfront and Robben Island to name a few.

Day Two: 4 November

Enjoy a fabulous circular tour down to the Cape of Good Hope. Leave the Waterfront and head through Constantia and along Boyes Drive, offering spectacular views of False Bay. Stop at Simonstown, South Africa’s naval town, to visit some of the museums, before continuing to Boulders Beach to see the famed African penguin colony.

Then continue along the cornice road to the National Park. Drive through the park to Cape Point and/or the Cape of Good Hope. You will hopefully see Cape Mountain zebra, baboons and ostriches, as well as lots of other flora and fauna. Return to Cape Town via the western side of the Cape Peninsula, visiting lovely villages such as Nordhoek with its incredible beach, and then drive the sensational Chapman’s Peak Drive to Hout Bay. This is a truly spectacular corniche road and often voted as one of the best in the world. It’s then a lovely drive from Hout Bay back to Cape Town.
Distance: 78 miles

Day Three: 5 November

No driving today, but a day to enjoy the sights and sounds of Cape Town. There’s plenty to do and see at the V&A Waterfront, or you can take a boat trip to Robben Island, where Mandela was incarcerated for years.

Day Four: 6 November

Central Cape Town is home to a wealth of interesting sights. Visit the Castle of Good Hope, South Africa’s oldest building, dating back to 1679 and built to protect the settlement from possible attack. The 190 year old South African Museum is truly excellent , with over 1.5 million specimens of scientific importance. It is located in the beautiful Company’s Gardens, an attractive, shady botanical garden that was originally a vegetable garden established by Jan van Riebeeck to supply local settlers and visiting ships with fresh produce.

Also known as the Malay Quarter, Bo-Kaap is mainly inhabited by descendants of slaves who were brought in from India and the East Indies. It is an area of narrow cobblestone streets, mosques and distinctive architectural style, with pastel colours and ornamentation. The Bo-Kaap Museum is also worth a visit.

Day Five: 7 November

Visit the outstanding Kirstenbosch National Botanical Garden, which lives up to its reputation as the most beautiful garden in Africa and one of the great botanic gardens of the world. Few gardens can match the sheer grandeur of the setting of Kirstenbosch, against the eastern slopes of Cape Town’s Table Mountain.

Rising over 1000m, Table Mountain offers a fantastic vista over the Cape Town area and beyond. The revolving cable car makes the journey very easy but for the energetic, there are marked trails. See the Rock Dassies (little rodents) and the wonderful flora and fauna. There are some 1470 species of plants, including more than 500 species of Erica and over 100 species of Iris. Upon descending Table Mountain treat yourself to a fabulous and renowned institution that is afternoon tea at the Mount Nelson Hotel, or The Nellie as it’s known.

Day Six: 8 November

Leave Cape Town and drive through Constantia down to False Bay. Head east along the shores of False Bay to Strand, where we shall be visiting the Cheetah Outreach Program for a private visit and tour of the facility and the chance to see these beautiful animals up close and learn about them.

Then we shall have lunch at Waterkloof Vineyards, which is stunningly situated with views across the whole of False Bay and the Hottentot Holland Mountains.

In the afternoon visit the renowned Vergelegen Estate, one of the oldest estates and Cape Dutch manor houses. Or nearby is the wine and olive estate of Morgenster, or the wonderful winery at Lourensford. Drive to Stellenbosch and stay at a beautiful and historic Cape Dutch manor house and vineyard on the outskirts of Stellenbosch for the next three nights. Dinner is included this evening only.
Distance: 69 miles

Day Seven: 9 November

Spend the day exploring the delightful town of Stellenbosch. The town is home to a large university and has the quiet air of academia about it. The main street is the longest stretch of original Cape Dutch houses in South Africa and is very picturesque. There are over thirty vineyards around Stellenbosch, all open to the public for tours, tastings and sales. The town, ideally situated in a magnificent mountain valley, boasts a mild Mediterranean climate. Situated at the head of the Eerste (First) River Valley, it was one of the first valleys to be settled in. The area is full of charming scenes and rich in history. The towns, villages and farmlands contain finely preserved examples of one of the most serene forms of domestic architecture found any where in the world – the Cape-Dutch style.

Day Eight: 10 November

Discover some of the many fabulous vineyards and wine estates in the area, along with some outstanding restaurants. We have created a circular drive that encompasses the beautiful Helshoogte Pass and the wonderful Boschendal Estate, and then north to Paarl and the Fairview Vineyards. Or drive, cycle or hike in the beautiful Jonkershoek Nature Reserve, which is just up the road from the hotel.
Distance: 41 miles

Day Nine: 11 November

Clarence Drive

Leave Stellenbosch and take the fantastic Clarence Drive around the coast from Gordons Bay. Stop at Betty’s Bay to see the African penguin colony or enjoy a stroll around the Harold Porter Botanical Gardens, renowned for its coastal fynbos.

TheMarine_ExteriorViewContinue on to Hermanus, on the shores of Walker Bay and site of the closest land-based whale watching in the world. Hermanus, particularly Walker Bay, is the mating and breeding grounds of the Southern Right Whales during the winter and spring months(from June through November). Southern Right Whales migrate from the Antarctic around June to calve and mate. Calving takes place in August and September and the males arrive for mating in October when the whale population peaks.

IMG_8358Hopefully you will see whales in the bay, and if lucky will also see them breach or spy-hop. It’s an incredible experience and a lovely way to spend the afternoon. Stay overnight at a gorgeous sea-front hotel in town. Dinner is included.
Distance: 70 miles

Day Ten: 12 November

After a lazy morning, watching whales from the hotel or whilst strolling around Hermanus, head north, across the agricultural lands of the Caledon. Stop for lunch in the charming little town of Greyton. Then continue (with a 30km of untarred road) to Swellendam, another delightful, small town. There is the wonderful Drodsty Museum to visit – a collection of historical buildings, as well as taking time to stroll around town. The tour will be staying in two guesthouses this evening, about 100m apart and both divine. We shall be dining together at the larger of the two guesthouses.
Distance: 120 miles

Day Eleven: 13 November

Leave Swellendam and climb over the Tradouw Pass to the little town of Barrydale in the Little Karoo. The scenery changes constantly, from mountains and river valleys to wide open plains and scrubland. Continue to Calitzdorp, known for its port-wine vineyards, and then on to Oudtshoorn, a town famed for its ostrich farms. To the north is the Swartberg Mountain range, and within this are the incredible Cango Caves. See the awe-inspiring caverns, stalactites and stalacmites on the hour-long tour.

Then head over the sensational Swartberg Pass (untarred road) – one of the most amazing and inspiring mountain drives. The road is flanked with proteas and fynbos, and it’s common to see little klipspringers and huge eagles. The rock formations are breath-taking. Descend to the delightful little town of Prince Albert, nestled just to the north of the pass. Stay overnight in the best hotel, in centre of the town. Dinner is included.
Distance: 161 miles

Day Twelve: 14 November

Leave Prince Albert head towards Klaarstroom. We have a visit to a nearby farm this morning to see the olive oil and cheese production. Then drive through the incredible river canyon that is Meiringspoort, to Oudtshoorn. Drive south over the Outeniqua Pass to George, at the start of the Garden Route. Continue on to Knysna and then to Harkerville, where we shall stay for the next three nights in some incredible and totally unique, luxury tree-top lodges, set amongst the forest canopy. Dinner is included this evening.
Distance: 157 miles

Day Thirteen: 15 November

Head back along the N2 for a few kilometres to explore Knysna, one of the southern Cape coast’s best-known holiday destinations, offering a wide variety of activities and attractions. There are a couple of classic car garages at Knysna and we shall be visiting at least one of them for a tour. The day is at leisure to wander around the town.
Distance: own

Day Fourteen: 16 November

Spend the day in the Garden Route’s other major town, Plettenberg Bay. Plett, as it’s popularly known, has sweeping golden beaches, the iconic Robberg Peninsula, intriguing lagoons and estuaries, towering indigenous forests and unpolluted rivers, vineyards and wine estates. With its moderate climate and beautiful view sites over the Indian Ocean, Plett’s about lazy sun-filled beach holidays and adrenalin-filled activities ranging from mountain biking to abseiling and diving with the seals. You’ll be spoilt for choice with restaurants, shopping experiences and things to do! Plett is home to wildlife sanctuaries, game reserves, whale and dolphin watching, canoeing up the Bitou and Keurbooms rivers, sailing, boating … and so much more.
Distance: own

Day Fifteen: 17 November

Head east past the Crags and through Nature’s Valley to Port Elizabeth and then north to Addo Elephant National Park. Stay for the next two nights in two adjacent boutique hotels, just on the edge of the Park. Dinner is included this evening.
Distance: 186 miles

Day Sixteen: 18 November

There will be a game drive for everyone today. Half the group will be on a morning drive and the other half will take an afternoon game drive in the hotel safari vehicles. It is also possible to drive your own vehicle around Addo ENP or you can join an additional game drive from the main camp. There are also night drives available, which offers an excellent chance to see the nocturnal animals.

Day Seventeen: 19 November

Leave Addo and head west to Kirkwood and Steytlerville, which is an ideal spot for lunch. Continue on to Willowmore and then to Zandibela, a private game reserve and our overnight stay. There will be a game drive for everyone during our stay, either in the afternoon, early evening, or the following morning before breakfast. Zandibela is known for its sable breeding program in particular. The geography of the Baviaanskloof is quite different to Addo and offers another dimension to wildlife viewing. Dinner is included this evening and if the weather is fine will be an outdoor braai overlooking the dam.
Distance: 133 miles

Day Eighteen: 20 November

After breakfast leave the Baviaanskloof and head across to De Rust. Continue to Oudtshoorn and then south over the Robinson Pass towards Mossel Bay. Cut across on a small amount of untarred road (or take the main road as an alternative) and drive to Gondwana Private Game Reserve, the only free-ranging Big 5 private wildlife reserve in the southern Cape, and our home for the next two nights. All meals are included during the stay as well as game drives with expert guides. There will be an afternoon game drive and afternoon tea, followed by dinner in the evening.
Distance: 177 miles

Day Nineteen: 21 November

A full day relaxing, with no driving. After breakfast enjoy a game drive and then return for lunch. There will be another game drive in the afternoon, followed by tea and then dinner. There is also time to relax by the pool, enjoy the far-reaching views, and read a book.

Day Twenty: 22 November

After breakfast and a final game drive, leave Gondwana. Drive west to Montagu, a gorgeous little town on the R62. Entry to the town is via Kogmanskloof, with a wonderful arch in the rock. Stay overnight in a beautiful boutique hotel in a traditional building. Dinner is included this evening.
Distance: 145 miles

Day Twenty-One: 23 November

Drive back through Kogmanskloof and south to Bonnievale. Then wind along the river valley, dotted with vineyards, purple jacaranda trees (which will be in full bloom) and wonderful flowers. Pass through Robertson and then Villiersdorp. It’s then a fabulous drive over the Franschhoek Pass to the famed town of Franschhoek, renowned for its superb wineries and its quality restaurants. Stay for three nights in two lovely small boutique hotels right in the centre of Franschhoek village. Dinner will be included at a nearby restaurant.
Distance: 92 miles

Day Twenty-Two: 24 November

Spend the day in Franschhoek, which is easily explored on foot. There are delightful shops and boutiques, art galleries, a variety of cafes and restaurants and, of course, wineries. There is a wine tram that allows you to visit the wineries that are a little further afield, and still have a drink or two. Franschhoek is also renowned as the gourmet capital of South Africa so sumptuous restaurants are plentiful.

Day Twenty-Three: 25 November

There’s a beautiful circular scenic drive today, heading out of Franschhoek, past the fabulous Motor Museum. Head up to Paarl and then drive the wonderful Dutoitskloof Pass. Descend to the Worcester wine region and drive along the Breede River valley. Then head round across the really incredible Bain’s Kloof Pass, a wonderful, little-used road, back to Wellington and Paarl. Return to Franschhoek.
Distance: 115 miles

Day Twenty-Four: 26 November

Leave Franschhoek by heading back out of the valley over the Franschhoek Pass. Then drive along this fruit-producing valley and over the Viljoens Pass to Grabouw. Climb over the Hottentot Holland Mountains, via Sir Lowry’s Pass and descend to Strand. Take the N2 into Cape Town and across to Camps Bay on the Atlantic Ocean. Stay for the final two nights of the tour in a fantastic beach-front hotel in the centre of Camps Bay.
Distance: 80 miles

Day Twenty-Five: 27 November

Enjoy a circular drive heading south from Camps Bay to Llandudno and onto Hout Bay. We have a very special invitation to visit an outstanding private classic car collection at a beautiful Cape Dutch-style manor. Then continue over Constantianek and into Constantia. Visit the Kirstenbosch Botanical Gardens, if you have not already done so. Then make your way back to Camps Bay for a final, farewell dinner.
Distance: 26 miles

Day Twenty-Six: 28 November

Take the cars to the docks ready for shipping home (or return your hire car). Most flights to Europe depart in the late afternoon or evening, so enjoy your last few hours on the beach or in Cape Town. Fly home.

Invergarry  to Uig on the Isle of Skye Invergarry  to Uig on the Isle of Skye Invergarry  to Uig on the Isle of Skye Invergarry  to Uig on the Isle of Skye

Invergarry to Uig on the Isle of Skye

Description

Where: Scottland's West Coast

How Long: 98 miles

Added: 01 February 2012

A great road driven by Simon Wills in 2012, and covering some spectacular Scottish tarmac with superb scenery and several Lochs, as well as challenging single track roads.


View Larger Map

This great road was sent in by Simon Wills one of our Twitter followers, He drove it in January 2012 and it is described in Simon’s own words. The photos are of A87

As the road climbs up out of Invergarry up into the snow line, if your lucky enough to get clear skies, there are some tremendous views down the valley of Loch Garry. At the highest part there is a viewpoint to pull into, well worth stopping at (Looking back towards Invergarry). The road then starts dropping down and this is where things truly do get spectacular.

Downhill past Loch Loyne to the junction with the A887, left, and up again with Loch Cluanie on the left. There’s a Good Climb then The Downhill section after passing this Loch is called the Old Military Road for some reason,

Simon said that he couldn’t stop grinning all the way down to Invershiel at the top end of Loch Duich!! The whole road, scenery and views are spectacular, just some parts are more spectacular than others!

And so onto Skye, First impression, not good, 30mph through Broadford, But the road opens up nicely after that, again some good views and nice long sweeping roads, but a fair amount of traffic too.

The best part for Simon was once he’d passed Uig, and got on the single track road A885 at the very North of the island. He remembered a Picture taken from a spot on this very road of a silver Aston Martin V12 for Evo’s Ecoty 2009.

The road stays single carriageway for several miles until it reaches Staffin, after that it a ‘normal’ 2 lane road again. Silky smooth, long sweeping curves, majestic views, and hardly another car on it. The 12miles from Staffin to the bend before Loch Leathan is a superb run, and when you round the bend and can see the road sweeping up the side of the Lochs for about 3.5 miles you’ll think you’ve got to Petrolhead Heaven!

Simon picked up the A82 in Old Kilpatrick, after crossing the Erskine Bridge, Nothing really interesting at this point, but it does go all the way to Inverness, 160mls away. Following it up the side of Loch Lomond was pretty tight and there are some rough parts to it, and the 40miles to Crianlarich aren’t special, but after that things turn for the better. It’s 16 miles to the viewpoint past the Green Wellie Stop, worth a look.

This was when Simon’s Mrs finally stopped saying that she’d seen better scenery in the Lake District!!

The Run up to Kingshouse and down through Glencoe is fantastic, you can see for miles, and there’s plenty of room for passing. Watch out for Deer though! The Other part of the A82 that is truly stunning is the run from the junction with the A86 at Spean Bridge, alongside Loch Lochy, to Invergarry, where you turn onto the A87. Simon almost stopped to buy a log cabin beside this Loch on the way back………….

THE PECOS AND PORTO TOUR

THE PECOS AND PORTO TOUR

Description

Where: Spain

How Long: 13 Days

It isn’t possible to do a detailed itinerary at this stage but we will be doing a recce next April and may have some more details before then

Tour Operator: cct (MK)
Available: September 19th – October 1st 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



It isn’t possible to do a detailed itinerary at this stage but we will be doing a recce next April and may have some more details before then. Please check the ‘NEWS’ page. The proposed itinerary in brief, is as follows;

Day One Tuesday 19th September

Sail from Portsmouth 17.15

Day Two Wednesday 20th

Arrive Santander 18.15. Overnight SANTANDER

Day Three Thursday 21st

Drive over the Pecos Mountains. Overnight LEON. Approx. 150 miles

Day Four Friday 22nd

Drive through Spain to south west.

Overnight PUEBLA de SANABRIA Approx 175 mls

Day Five Saturday 23rd

Drive south through Sierra de Nogueira via Villa Real.

Overnight PORTO Approx 160 mls

Days Six – Eight Sunday 24th – Tuesday 26th

Free/rest days. Possible organised tour of Duerro Valley and vineyards.

Overnight PORTO

Day Nine Wednesday 27th

Drive north through Sierra de Geres via Ourense

Overnight SANTIAGO DE COMPOSTELA Approx 180 miles

Day 10 Thursday 28th

Drive along coast via A CRUNA to Viveiro

Overnight VIVEIRO Approx 175 miles

Day 11 Friday 29th

Drive along north coast of Spain with a detour into the mountains.

Overnight RIBADESELLA Approx. 180 miles (40 on m-way)

Day 12 Saturday 30th

Drive through Pecos to Santander, sail 20.30 Approx 120 miles

Day 13 Sunday October 1st

Arrive Portsmouth 19.45

Optional overnight in Portsmouth.

Tour de Bretagne Tour de Bretagne Tour de Bretagne Tour de Bretagne

Tour de Bretagne

Description

Where: Brittany, France

How Long: 2 Days

If you daydream about driving your classic car on deserted roads through beautiful French countryside then turn that midsummer dream into reality by joining us on the 2017 Tour de Bretagne.

Tour Operator: Clasic Motoring Organisation
Available: 23rd June -24th June 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Brilliant as usual”, “a fantastic event”, “such a wonderful weekend” and “the event is the one I look forward to the most” – just four of the lovely comments from participants on the 2016 Tour de Bretagne.

The Tour de Bretagne is open to all classic, historic and replica cars built before 31 December 1994 – although we will accept more modern vehicles if they are particularly interesting.

The event isn´t a rally but a leisurely, untimed drive in the company of fellow enthusiasts. The Tour route on both Friday and Saturday is no more than 130 miles long and, where possible, follows scenic back roads through the un-spoilt Breton countryside with ample time allowed for you to explore some of the towns and villages along the way.

The first day will start on the morning of Friday 23rd June near St Malo enabling participants to travel on the previous day or evening Brittany Ferries services from Portsmouth. Most clients opt to make their own ferry arrangements although, if you prefer, we can make these travel arrangements for you.

On Saturday we´ll be following a route through the lovely Morbihan countryside and, each evening, we´ll rendezvous at the Hotel du Golf de Saint Laurent in Ploemel – a good quality 3-Star hotel. The entry fee of £650 for a crew of two includes accommodation and dinner each night.

On Sunday you are free to return home or to extend your stay in Brittany.

Le Mans Classic Tour 2018 Le Mans Classic Tour 2018 Le Mans Classic Tour 2018 Le Mans Classic Tour 2018 Le Mans Classic Tour 2018

Le Mans Classic Tour 2018

Description

Where: Le Mans France

How Long: 5 Days

Our signature four night Le Mans Classic tour has been designed for owners of classic, sports, prestige and performance cars. Our base at Chateau de Dobert is the ideal location for individuals, car clubs or race teams.

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours
Available: July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Arriving in Le Mans under your own steam on Thursday TBC you will be welcomed at Chateau de Dobert with a refreshing glass of fizz & canapes.

After checking into your bedroom, or settling into your tent, you will then enjoy an optional buffet that evening on the chateau grounds and have the opportunity to make new friends, whilst also regaling each other with stories of your trip to France.

Following breakfast on Friday you will be flagged off on an optional 60 mile scenic rally on fabulous hand selected roads through the Sarthe region to the famous Hotel de France in La Chartre Sur Le Loir where you will enjoy a splendid 4 course lunch in a private dining room.

This reservation is exclusive to Classic Car Tours

The scenic rally will continue after lunch via the Le Mans 24 Hour circuit and then return back to the chateau. You are free to make you own dinning arrangements this evening and also take in the night practice session.

Following breakfast on Saturday it’s time to head back to the Le Mans 24 Hours circuit. From there you have the rest of the day free to do as you wish and take in the atmosphere and the start of the race at 16.00.

Leaving the circuit at 18.30, its then time to head to the world famous Auberge des Hunaudieres where an optional delicious 4 course dinner has been reserved for you. This restaurant is right on the Mulsanne straight and the current AUDI’s go by here at 345KPH! You really can’t get much closer to the action, as the cars thunder past only a few feet away. This really is an outstanding location to watch the action into the night!

This reservation is exclusive to Classic Car Tours

From des Hunaudieres you have the option of returning to the chateau or going to Indianapollis & Arnage corners to watch more of the night racing. Watching the cars as they scream through the forest towards you, headlights ablaze is a sight and sound not to be missed.

Alternatively you can head to the Bar Tertre Rouge and watch the cars at close quarters as they exit the circuit section and start their journey down the Mulsanne straight. It’s your decision when you go to bed.

After breakfast on Sunday you have a free day to do as you please, either returning to the circuit to watch the end of the race, chilling out at the chateau, or perhaps a trip to a nearby vineyard in the Loire valley.

However, you are requested to be on parade at the chateau for 19.30 for the final evening optional farewell BBQ. This will be your opportunity to share all of your weekend’s experiences with your fellow tour members.

Following breakfast on Monday it will be time to say farewell to your fellow tour members and head back to Blighty at your own pace.

Prices include route information, itinerary, rally plaque & tee shirt.

For those wishing to camp and for your added convenience we can provided you with a pre erected tent as an option.

please contact us to discuss your requirements and for details on availability and price.

If you have not been to Le Mans before, you can be confident that this tour will take you to, or advise you off all the best locations associated with the race, leaving you free to enjoy the whole weekend experience.

If you have any questions, to check current availability and to discuss your requirements, then please do not hesitate to contact us.

In addition to Chateau de Dobert, we also have the following high quality properties available for the Le Mans Classic weekend.

CHATEAUX

Chateau la Perrine de Cry Chateau Roche Talbot Chateau de L’Oseraie

GITES

Gites Asnieres Gite Le Logis Gite Les Grande Mottes

Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour Norwegian Fjords Tour

Norwegian Fjords Tour

Description

Where: Norway

How Long: 14 Days

A wonderful two week tour of the Norwegian fjords and mountains. Visit Bergen and Alesund and discover the stunning scenery of southern Norway. This tour takes you on an amazing journey through historical, cultural and scenic delights

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 9th June - 23rd June 2018 TBC

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



A wonderful two week tour of the Norwegian fjords and mountains. Visit Bergen and Alesund and discover the stunning scenery of southern Norway. This tour takes you on an amazing journey through historical, cultural and scenic delights. Highlights include visiting the spectacular fjords, exploring the exquisite towns of Stavanger, Bergen and Alesund, driving some of the world’s most thrilling mountain passes, past breath-taking scenery, and discovering one of the most beautiful countries in the world.

The tour will start and finish in Oslo in a beautiful hotel before heading to Telemark to stay overnight in a gorgeous wooden hotel by the water. Drive north to Bergen for a couple of nights, and night at Balestrand, and then onto Alesund for two more nights. Leave the coast and turn inland to the fjords and stay at the end of most famed, Geirangerfjord, where we shall stay for two nights.

Climb over the mountains and pass through valleys to Lom and then onto Sogndal. Take a ferry cruise across Sogndalfjord and then stay on the shores of the Hardangerfjord, famed for its orchards. Then return to Olso for two final nights in Norway.

Itinerary

May be subject to change.

Day 1 : 9 June 2018

Fly/transport: Fly to Oslo and transfer to the first hotel where your car will be waiting for you.
Drive: Take the ferry from Copenhagen, Denmark to Oslo, Norway and drive to the first hotel.

There will be a welcome dinner for all participants.

Day 2 : 10 June 2018 132 miles

Enjoy the drive, past lakes and over the mountains into Telemark, to Dalen and stay in a fabulous, wooden Gothic hotel at the top of a fjord. The interior and exterior of this hotel are exquisite. Dinner is included.

Day 3 : 11 June 2018 193 miles

Drive north to Bergen through the most beautiful scenery. There is a lovely little stave church to visit shortly after leaving the hotel. Drive over the mountains and along valleys, past the famous twin waterfalls of Latefossen to Bergen and stay for two nights. Once in Bergen the tour will spend two nights in a fabulous hotel on the waters edge, just seconds along the quay from the World Heritage-listed, and very picturesque, Bryggen. Light evening meals are included at the hotel, but if you want something more substantial there are many good restaurants to sample in Bergen.

Day 4 : 12 June 2018

The day is yours to explore the many delights of Bergen. The old town is a fascinating area to explore, with little wooden houses jostled in the smallest of spaces on the hillside overlooking the harbour. Maybe include an Grieg concert at the composer’s home, Troldhaugen. Or climb up Floibanen and enjoy the view from the top, looking over the city and the sea.

Day 5 : 13 June 2018 118 miles

Leave Bergen and drive to Voss and then north for a wonderful drive to Vagsnes, passing Vik, with its medieval wooden stave church. It is then a short ferry trip, across Sognefjord, Norway’s longest and deepest fjord, to Balestrand, where you will stay in a beautiful wooden hotel right on the fjord edge.

Day 6 : 14 June 2018 189 miles

Wind your way around the fjords and over the mountains to Stryn. Continue onto Alesund, a picturesque art deco town, entirely rebuilt after a devastating fire in 1904, and stay for two nights in another converted warehouse hotel, alongside the water. Alesund & Sunnmore is the perfect place to explore some of Norway’s most famous natural and cultural attractions. Alesund’s beautiful Art Nouveau architecture is known far and wide. The myriad of turrets, spires and beautiful ornamentation that give the town its distinctive character are like something from a fairytale. Sunnmore’s has a wonderful profusion of fjords, small fishing communities, island gems and majestic mountains to discover.

Day 7 : 15 June 2018

Spend time exploring the picturesque town of Alesund, which has a lovely centre, based around the harbour. It is also possible to climb the steps (or take the train) to the top of the mountain overlooking the town.

Day 8 : 16 June 2018 127 miles

Leave Alesund and drive along the coast to Andalsnes, a quaint little town on a lake. Drive up the famous Trollstigen – an awesome road with hairpin bends, a 1:12 gradient and practically one lane all the way. Continue onto Geiranger and down the Eagle’s Highway into the valley. The hotel overlooks the Geirangerfjord, one of the most beautiful and photographed parts of Norway. There is also a vintage car museum and the acclaimed Norwegian Fjord Centre to visit. Stay for two nights in a beautiful wooden hotel above the town and overlooking the area.

Day 9 : 17 June 2018

Spend the day relaxing. There are some fabulous walks in the area, or take a boat trip down Geirangerfjord to Hellesylt to see the fjords from a different angle. The fjord is reputed for its magnificent waterfalls, such as Friaren, Desyvsostre and Brudesloret. The area is also famous for the many mountain farms, clinging to the mountain hills along the fjord. This beautiful place also offers some of the world’s most famous viewpoints; Ornesvingene, Flydalsjuvet and Dalssnibba.

Day 10 : 18 June 2018 145 miles

The ascent south from Geiranger is a fabulous road of 37 hairpin bends. Today’s drive includes some sensational mountain passes and breathtaking scenery. Take the old road up to the summer skiing area (there will be a chance to indulge if you wish) at Strynefjell and then over the mountains on some stunning roads to Lom.

Visit Roisheim, in the heart of the beautiful valley of Boverdalen, which consists of 12 perfectly preserved buildings from the 18th century. The chalets have been lovingly restored with utmost care. This is a great stop for lunch (not included) and its excellent cuisine and wine cellar are only some of the reasons to visit this place, situated close to some of Norway’s tallest mountains. Continue over the mountains and descend to Lustrafjord, an arm of the Sogndalfjord. Visit the stunning stave church at Urnes and then stay overnight at Solvorn, on the edge of the fjord, at Norway’s oldest family-run hotel, a beautiful wooden building in lovely gardens.

Mileage: 145

Day 11 : 19 June 2018 89 miles

To avoid some of Europe’s longest road tunnels, take a 2 1/2 hour ferry cruise along Sogndalfjord from Kaupanger to Gudvangen. Head south to Voss and then onto the orchard-growing area of Hardangerfjord. Visit the fabulous Voringsfossen. Stay overnight on the edge of the fjord at Lofthus in a lovely hotel.

Day 12 : 20 June 2018 174 miles

Drive along the edge of the fjord to Odda and then over the mountains, heading south. The scenery is beautiful and the driving fun. Arrive back in Oslo two nights.

Day 13 : 21 June 2018

Enjoy a day exploring Norway’s capital, Oslo. There will be a farewell dinner this evening.

Day 14 : 22 June 2018

For those flying home the cars will be collected this morning. Tour participants will then be taken to the airport.

For those tour participants driving take the ferry from Oslo to Copenhagen and then depart for home.

Ireland Ireland Ireland Ireland

Ireland "Wild Atlantic Way" Tour

Description

Where: Southern Ireland

How Long: 11 Days

The Wild Atlantic Way is a 2,500 km (1,553 miles) driving route passes through nine counties and three provinces stretching from Kinsale in County Cork, in the south to County Donegal’s Inishowen Peninsula in the north. Along the route there are places and attractions which have been designated as points of interest for travellers

Tour Operator: Classic Car Tours International
Available: June 16th - June 26th 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Our route incorporates five days following the Wild Atlantic Way from Kinsale in the south near Cork up to Galway and beyond.

Our tour starts with a late morning car ferry from Holyhead in north Wales to Dublin Port. Our hotel, 15 miles from Dublin in the countryside, is the Palladium styled Powerscourt Hotel.

On our second day we visit Powerscourt House and gardens followed by the impressive waterfall and then drive through the Wicklow mountains to Glendalough, our lunch stop, where we visit the 6th century monastery ruins. After lunch we visit the romantic Mount Usher gardens before arriving at our charming hotel in the countryside west of Avoca.

The following day we visit one of Ireland’s few surviving and working woolen mills at Avoca before continuing south to Wexford where we visit the Irish National Heritage Park. Our route then takes us to our next hotel at Arthurstown 15 miles south east of Waterford.

The following morning we visit Waterford, famous for its glass-making, then continue west towards Cork where we visit the Jameson Whiskey Heritage Centre followed by Blarney Castle before we arrive at our hotel just south of Cork in Kinsale.

The following day we start to drive the Wild Atlantic Way which we follow for the next 5 days. Heading west we stop to visit the Stromberg Stone Circle then across the Sheep’s Head peninsula stopping to visit Bantry House and gardens then around the Beara penisula and over the Healy Pass up to Killarney to our hotel for the next two nights on Killarney Lake.

The next morning we visit Muckross House and gardens before driving over Moll’s Gap to Kenmare where we drive around the majestic Ring of Kerry on the Iveragh Peninsula famous for its vistas of sea and mountains. Eventually our route takes us back up to Killarney and our hotel overlooking the lake. The next day continue around the Dingle Peninsula an ancient landscape dotted with early Christian churches, monastic settlements and Neolithic structures.

Leaving the Dingle peninsula and the coast we continue drive north east up to Adare one of Ireland’s prettiest villages where our hotel, an ancient coaching inn,is based.

The next morning we take the 15 minute car ferry across the Shannon river into County Clare where we drive north up the coast along the Cliffs of Moher one of Ireland’s most remarkable natural features where the limestone plateau of the Burren plunges 1,000 ft into the seas.Here we visit the Cliffs of Moher Experience a state of the art visitor centre.We then continue across the Burren, a vast limestone plateau through Galway to Connemara where our hotel is located on Lough Inagh 40 miles north-west of Galway.

The following day we explore this beautiful mountainous region with its lakes driving north-west to Roundstone, a pretty fishing port and our lunch stop.Our afternoon coffee stop is Kylemore Abbey and Gardens after which it’s a scenic drive through the mountains and alongside lakes to our stunning hotel, Ballynahinch Castle set on a tranquil river.

The following day there is an opportunity to relax and enjoy the ambiance of our stunning hotel alternatively you can enjoy a leisurely tour in the immediate lake and mountain region before returning to our hotel to celebrate our last night in Ireland.

The following day, the 11th day of the tour, we take the motorway east to Dublin to catch an early afternoon ferry back to Holyhead.

Col du Grand Ballon D431 Col du Grand Ballon D431

Col du Grand Ballon D431

Description

Where: Alsace, France

How Long:

Added: 22 September 2012

A great piece of road sent in by @RicoRallyTweets after their epic 2012 Europe tour. They certainly recommend seeking out this stunning and scenic road. Follow them on Twitter for Rico Rally 2013


View Larger Map

The scenery on this route is remarkable, it is tricky to find the right road out of Cernay, as it is not particularly well signposted, but well worth the effort to find it.

The twists and turns make for a great drive, but as an old Tour de France route, be prepared to meet cyclists and motorcyclists a plenty.

There are lots of hairpins and gradient changes and it’s a bit like the Peak District but far more mountainous.

A few corners are cobbled which could be slippery in the wet, but the views are stunning, the road surface, in the main is good, and this road is a challenge, but one that rewards with some stunning views

There are some great hairpins running up the hill to Viel Armand, a French war memorial cemetery sitting on the top of a mountain The descent again has some great views, and steep descents.

Stokesley to Helmsley B1257 Stokesley to Helmsley B1257 Stokesley to Helmsley B1257 Stokesley to Helmsley B1257 Stokesley to Helmsley B1257

Stokesley to Helmsley B1257

Description

Where: North Yorkshire Moors

How Long: Approx 20 miles

Added: 24 September 2012

This great road was sent in by Twitter follower Andy Forde @hightower150 and connects Stokesley to Helmsley running right through the middle of the North Yorkshire Moors. This super road has great views and Andy says it’s a really nice drive.


View Larger Map

Andy says. We found this road by pure chance as we were driving to Thirsk and decided to take this route through the Moors.

Starting at Stokesley the road literally cuts through the left side of The North Yorkshire Moors and is a great drive with some fantastic views. The road runs for 7 miles before you drive through the small village of Chop Gate.

You then drive on for a further 13 miles through sweeping bends and lots of gradient changes, again with great views and road, until you arrive at the picturesque village of Helmsley.

The ruins of Helmsley Castle are here and are well worth a visit as is Dumcombe Park where you can visit the stately home and gardens, again very beautiful.

One thing to note on the drive is it is used by a lot of bikers and is classed as a dangerous road in the area.

The Alps and Pyrenees Petrolhead tour The Alps and Pyrenees Petrolhead tour The Alps and Pyrenees Petrolhead tour The Alps and Pyrenees Petrolhead tour

The Alps and Pyrenees Petrolhead tour

Description

Where: France and Spain

How Long: 8 Days

As much as we love the Alps, they aren’t able to negate the Pyrenees.
Bordering France and Spain, the Pyrenees provide a different mix of roads and scenery with architecture and geology to rival the best Alpine passes. Not to be missed.

Tour Operator: Petrolhead Tours
Available: 23rd June - 3rd July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



As much as we love the Alps, they aren’t able to negate the Pyrenees.

Bordering France and Spain, the Pyrenees provide a different mix of roads and scenery with architecture and geology to rival the best Alpine passes. Not to be missed.

Summary:

Saturday – Join us for an early breakfast whilst we talk you through the events of the forthcoming week. From here it’s just a 15 minute drive to the Eurotunnel and then we’re off into the adventure of the finest roads in the Alps.

Sunday – From our hotel on the edge of the Vosges mountains we head straight into Germany and the Black Forest, before popping back into France near Mulhouse and spending the afternoon at the Cité de L’Automobile – a pheomenal car museum containing the Schlumpf Collection, including the most comprehensive display of Bugatti motor vehicles in the world.

Monday – Moving on from Mulhouse, we continue south skirting around Geneva and into the mountains to the west of Mont Blanc, before stopping at Lake Annecy on our way to the overnight stop at Chambery.

Tuesday – Today, we do some of our favourite French alpine roads – the Col De L’Iseran & Col Du Galibier. After lunch, we head cross country to Carpentras to prepare for tomorrow’s surprise…

Wednesday – Before breakfast this morning we are going to the top of the formidable Mont Ventoux, from where we can watch the sunrise. After breakfast (back at the hotel) we’ll be crossing vast swathes of French countryside to see the wonderful Millau Bridge (from the deck and from the valley below). Finally, we descend on the ancient city of Carcassonne.

Thursday – We leave Carcassonne today to head south, straight for the Spanish border. Well, not quite straight, because we don’t like straights that much. We like corners…

Friday – Whilst the highlight of today is likely to be the Col D’Aubisque, there are so many amazing roads and views today that only photo stops will help you remember (unless you bring a GoPro along!). This is the culmination of the week, this is the purpose of this tour, to show you what is possible when we go a little further south…

Saturday – We’ll have some fun on the deserted roads of northern Spain today on the way to the ferry. For those who haven’t done our Spanish Safari, this will be a great taster…

Sunday – rest and relaxation aboard the ship home to Portsmouth. Plenty of time to discuss the week’s events with your fellow tourers and get over the hangover from last night’s party, before the drive home and a night in your own bed.

OPTION; if you’d rather not get the boat home, but instead fancy driving home we can certainly discount you for the cost of the ferry home (£375 discount per car).

Route 66 USA Route 66 USA Route 66 USA Route 66 USA Route 66 USA

Route 66 USA

Description

Where: USA

How Long: 10 Days

One of the most evocative roads in the world. Route 66 started out as a selection of dirt trails and unnamed roads, and is now one of the worlds “must drive” roads

Tour Operator: Fantastic Roads
Available: May 11th - May 20th 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



One of the most evocative roads in the world. Route 66 started out as a selection of dirt trails and unnamed roads. By 1938 dirt gave way to a paved narrow and twisty two lane highway.

Later some were widened and straightened, some turned into four way highways, then in the late 1950’s the interstate network began to take over. Soon many areas of old 66 had been paved over, many towns had been bypassed, their lifeblood taken away and left to slowly fade away.

The final nail in the coffin of this fantastic road was the bypass of Williams Arizona in 1984 after which Route 66 was no longer an official US highway. Many of the gas stations, the diners and motels were out of business and fell into decay. However all was not lost, volunteers and state associations sprang up.

Old buildings were restored, neon signs relit and travellers began to come back to experience some of the wonderful sights along Route 66. Over the decades many artists have sung “get your kicks on Route 66” so join us in our exploration of part of this fantastic road. Enjoy this road trip from the air conditioned comfort of your modern day American sports car or get the wind in your hair in an open top convertible!

Day 1 Friday
Arrive at your Hotel in Albuquerque where you will collect your rental car. Spend some time exploring this town full of beautiful old Neon signs, and diners resplendent with vintage “roadside Americana” decor.

Day 2 Saturday
Total Distance 175m Driving time approximately 3hr 50m
Heading east from Albuquerque our journey takes us on a mixture of the modern I40 that overlays the old 66 and the original road. Old 66 takes us on a climb through the mountains on some great roads via Tijeras Canyon and then we drop down through Barton and Edgewood. Through Moriarty and on to Santa Rosa where we stop to spend a little time at the Route 66 Auto Museum. At Cuervo we again leave the new highway and follow old 66 to our destination of Tucumcari.

Day 3 Sunday
Total Distance 228m Driving time approximately 5hr 11m
We leave Tucumcari and head north west through spectacular open plains and mountains to rejoin old route 66 and start our journey west on the Santa Fe loop of the 66 through the Pecos National Park and the Glorietta pass, the highest point of 66 at over 7500 feet (at nearly 2300m about 140m higher than the Grimselpass in Switzerland). Our journey finishes for the day in the fabulous town of Santa Fe with its wonderful Pueblo-Spanish architecture.

Day 4 Monday
Total Distance 185m Driving time approximately 3hr 00m
Today we begin by heading south west and back through Albuquerque on the pre 1937 route 66 that takes us through Los Lunas and loops back to the post 1937 route at Correo. Here we continue west past Mesita and the aptly named Dead Mans Curve after which we continue uphill before dropping into old Laguna. Continuing on we pass through many remnants of old motels garages and trading posts as we head through Milan, Prewitt and Bluewater. East of Prewitt this great road parallels a long row of pink tinged hills providing a wonderful back drop all the way to Gallup.
Day 5 Tuesday
Total Distance 255 m Driving time approximately 5hr 25m
Our Journey through New Mexico is almost at an end as we head west and cross the frontier into Arizona before reaching Lupton. Passing through the Navajo Indian reservation and the painted desert we continue on to Winslow where we can take a break and stand on the corner of this fantastic road. Our road trip has brought us to the corner Glen Frey from the Eagles made reference to in the 1971 song “Take it Easy” You never know you might spot the girl in the flat bed Ford slowing down! Leaving Winslow behind we head towards Meteor City and Two Guns. Time permitting we can make a detour to the site of a giant meteor impact crater in the desert before we arrive in Williams for the night.

Day 6 Wednesday
Free day to enjoy wandering around the old town of Williams, the last town to be bypassed by the Interstate in 1984, or enjoy an excursion via vintage diesel train to the Grand canyon.

Day 7 Thursday
Total Distance 138 m Driving time approximately 3hr 45m
Leaving Williams we head on to Ash Fork and Seligman, the birthplace of the Historic Route 66 Association of Arizona. A splatter platter for lunch at the Roadkill Cafe anyone? As we near Peach Springs you may catch a glimpse of the distant Grand Canyon from the steep hill. A little further the wide open spaces give way to craggy slopes as we head through Crozier Canyon before a stop at Hackberry for some great nostalgic route 66 pictures. Through Kingman and onto the Oatman Highway before the twists and turns through the Black Mountains as we head to Needles for the night.

Day 8 Friday
Total Distance 175m Driving time approximately 3hr 50m
Crossing over the Colorado River we head into the California desert. Keeping to the old 66 through Goffs, where we can spend time at the Mohave desert cultural centre, then through Fenner and into Amboy. Roy’s cafe and Motel in Amboy has probably appeared in more videos, commercials and films than any other. From Amboy we head to Newbury Springs, Helendale and finally Victorville for the night.

Day 9 Saturday
Total Distance 154m Driving time approximately 3hr 20m
Our last day on this fantastic road. heading out from Victorville we go over Cajun Summit through Cajun Junction and Cajun Creek. Driving through some wonderful topography created by the San Andreas fault and over some classic old bridges we come into San Bernadino. Plenty of photo opportunities exist along the path of our last day through the suburbs of Los Angeles, there are plenty of old style Motels and Neon’s to look out for. Finally heading along the Santa Monica Boulevard we pass through Hollywood and Vine to our destination, Ocean Avenue and the Pacific Ocean. Our last night is spent just a stones throw from Santa Monica Pier and a few hundred yards from the end of this fantastic road. A truly memorable drive along part of America’s most famous road.

Day 10 Sunday
Once the rental cars have been returned you are free to extend your stay in the USA or return home.

Pyrenees Tour Pyrenees Tour Pyrenees Tour Pyrenees Tour Pyrenees Tour

Pyrenees Tour

Description

Where: Spain and France

How Long: 15 Days

Discover the delights of northern Spain and the Pyrenees with this fabulous two week tour. Explore the lesser-known areas of Catalonia and Aragon, where there is little traffic, and therefore excellent driving on exciting, winding roads, accompanied by far reaching views of hills, mountains and lakes.

Tour Operator: Classic Travelling
Available: 21st September - 5th October 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Starting and finishing in Bilbao, you can explore Rioja and its vineyards and plains, see pilgrims on the Compostela di Santiago, visit Pamplona, travel across the Sierra de Guara, explore the beautiful Pyrenees mountain range, and visit the enchanting seaside resort of San Sebastian.

Itinerary

Itinerary may be subject to change without notice

Day 1:

For those travelling from the UK leave Portsmouth on the Brittany Ferries sailing to Bilbao. The ferry departs at 11.45, and we shall have a welcome dinner at 8pm. A sea view, en-suite cabin is booked for your comfort. You will have one night on board the ship.

Day 2:

Arrive in Bilbao at 12.45pm. Drive south, over the Balcon de Rioja to Laguardia. There will be a vineyard visit before heading to our delightful hotel, near Olite, where we shall spend two nights. Dinner is included on both evenings.
Mileage: 125

Day 3:

Either enjoy a rest day or head to the lovely city of Pamplona. Alternatively drive south to the valley of the dinosaurs, Ruta da Cidacos. There is even a life size brontosaurus on one of the plains to keep you amused! Pass the many tiny troglodyte dwellings near Arnedillo.
Mileage: own

Day 4:

First stop of the day is at the very scenic to the small town of Olite, which boasts a magnificent castle, once the most sumptuous royal residence in Europe. Explore the medieval rambling streets and sample some local cuisine. Then head on to pretty Ujue, a small hilltop village that is well worth a stroll around. Drive east surrounded by beautiful views to visit the impressive Castillo de Loarre, which is set well into the rock and is virtually impossible to see until very nearby. It is then a short drive to the Sierra de Guara, an area of sculpted gorges, painted prehistoric caves and appealing villages. Stay overnight at a lovely small hotel and enjoy dinner in the restaurant.
Mileage: 144

Day 5:

Drive some superb roads today, winding around mountains, through canyons, across high cols, and along river valleys, to the lovely town of Solsona. Stay overnight in a wonderful hotel that has been in the same family for over 80 years, and has been subject to a recent, outstanding refurbishment to create a very special place with fantastic flair. There is also a spa with hot tub, sauna and stream room. Dinner is included but there is a choice of restaurants in the hotel: a formal dining room, or a more relaxed tapas restaurant.
Mileage: 137

Day 6:

Leave Solsona and head across to Berga, and then Ripoll. Drive along some excellent mountain roads, passing Spain’s oldest ski resort, La Molina, and then descend into Puigcerda, adjacent to the French border. Stay for two nights in an exquisite five star hotel on the edge of town, with underground parking, with views across the lake and mountains. The hotel also offers a superb spa for those wishing to relax. Dinner is in the renowned restaurant.
Mileage: 93

Day 7:

A day off to relax or explore the area. We have organised an early morning balloon flight (weather dependant) across the mountains, which is highly recommended as a sensational way to see the Pyrenees. Puigcerda is very pleasant for a stroll, with a number of cafes to soak up the sun and atmosphere, or there are a couple of golf courses in the vicinity. For water lovers there are many rivers nearby for fishing, rafting or canoeing or the coast is only an hour away.
Mileage: own

Day 8:

A wonderful drive across mountain passes and along pretty valleys, surrounded by breath-taking scenery. Stay in a lovely Parador in the Vall d’Aran, surrounded by mountains. Dinner is included.
Mileage: 104

Day 9:

Another day of stunning driving on wonderful, meandering roads through canyons and across mountains. The scenery is captivating and dotted with untouched villages built from local stone. Stay for the next two nights just south of the French border, in the Valley de Tena, at a gorgeous, character hotel, with its own spa. Dinner is included both nights.
Mileage: 135

Day 10:

Enjoy another day of relaxation. This is a wonderful spot to walk in the mountains, visit the nearby villages, even head into France to visit Pau or the pilgrimage town of Lourdes.
Mileage: own

Day 11:

Cross the border into France, heading towards Oloron, before climbing back over the Pyrenees, into Spain again. Wind across the mountains to the fashionable sea-side resort of San Sebastian. Stay for the next two nights in a superb hotel, within a few minutes walk of the centre of town. This charming small hotel is in a renovated 19th century villa – a Historical Heritage Building of San Sebastian. The hotel does not have a restaurant, but is very centrally located with a number of places nearby to eat.
Mileage: 189

Day 12:

Spend the day exploring San Sebastian. The hotel is just a five minute walk of the Zurriola beach, and the old part of town. San Sebastian is the summer capital of Spain: it is here where the Belle Epoque lives on, with its blend of cosmopolitan style and old-world ambience.
Mileage: 0

Day 13:

The morning is at leisure to further explore San Sebastian. For those heading back to the UK, drive to Bilbao for the final night to stay in a lovely hotel in the city. Spend the afternoon enjoying the delights of Bilbao or visit the Guggenheim Museum.
Mileage: 74

Day 14:

The ferry departs at 10.30am so most of the day will be spent onboard, relaxing at the end of the tour. There will be a farewell dinner tonight in the ship’s restaurant.

Day 15:

Arrive in Portsmouth at 9.00 and depart for home.

Enchanting Tuscany Enchanting Tuscany Enchanting Tuscany Enchanting Tuscany

Enchanting Tuscany

Description

Where: TUSCANY REGION OF ITALY

How Long: 12 or 14 Days

Blessed with beauty, wine and an unparalleled artistic legacy, Tuscany with its rolling landscape has long been considered the embodiment of rural chic, while its cities harbour a significant slice of the world’s Renaissance art

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: June July and September

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Enjoy a wonderful 12 or 14 day tour to Italy and enchanting Tuscany. Blessed with beauty, wine and an unparalleled artistic legacy, Tuscany with its rolling landscape has long been considered the embodiment of rural chic, while its cities harbour a significant slice of the world’s Renaissance art

Tuscany’s sublime countryside is the perfect destination for a driving holiday far away from the crowds, yet within easy reach of two of Italy’s most popular cities, Florence and Pisa. Hilltop towns overlook emerald hills cloaked in the vines or olive groves from which the region’s famous tipples and oils are produced and to the west of these enchanting landscapes is the Tuscan Riviera which is home to the popular beach resort of Viareggio.

Florence boasts more world-class art than many countries. Some people never venture beyond the region’s crowded capital, but with some of Italy’s most striking Gothic architecture (Siena), the Leaning Tower of Pisa and the walls of Lucca are all an easy trip away. Stupendous art, soul-aching countryside, stirring wine and lip-smacking cuisine is what this enviable region is all about. From the Etruscan marvels at Fiesole to the della Francesca’s of Arezzo, from the towers of San Gimignano to markets of Pistoia, there are delights for even the most experienced travellers.

The Petrolheads Alps Tour The Petrolheads Alps Tour The Petrolheads Alps Tour The Petrolheads Alps Tour

The Petrolheads Alps Tour

Description

Where: France, Switzerland and Northern Italy

How Long: 8 Days

The Alps, and in particular the sections through France, Switzerland and northern Italy, are as magnificent as they are challenging. The scenery is stunning but the roads are twisty and intense – every corner brings a new challenge and another smile.

Tour Operator: Petrolhead Tours
Available: 1st September - 8th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Alps, and in particular the sections through France, Switzerland and northern Italy, are as magnificent as they are challenging. The scenery is stunning but the roads are twisty and intense – every corner brings a new challenge and another smile.

Summary:

Saturday – Join us for an early breakfast whilst we talk you through the events of the forthcoming week. From here it’s just a 15 minute drive to the Eurotunnel and then we’re off into the adventure of the finest roads in the Alps.

Sunday – From our hotel on the egde of the Vosges mountains we head into the Black Forest before crossing Switzerland and heading for the world famous Stelvio Pass.

Monday – A quick descent of Stelvio leads us to the beauty of Lake Livigno, before hitting pass after pass all afternoon. Highlights include Susten, Grimsel, St Gotthard, Julier, and Bernina.

Tuesday – Moving on through Switzerland (via Furka, St Gotthard, Nufenen and Grand St Bernard) and Italy we find ourselves nestled in the mountainside above Bourg St Maurice, on the wonderful Petit St Bernard, for an amazing dinner and a good night’s sleep.

Wednesday – Today is a good day. Today is a great day! Today, we do “the Cols”. Col De L’Iseran, Col Du Galibier, and Col De La Bonette finish off your education of the 3 highest paved passes in Europe (including Stelvio which we did a few days ago).

Thursday – The Route Napoleon beckons as we begin our journey north to Chambery. Don’t underestimate it though, because the scenery here is as breathtaking as any in Europe. There’s an optional shorter route here, for those who want to take a steadier approach (or simply want to get to the hotel pool a little earlier).

Friday – A few more hills, a few more mountains, and a few more meals with your new friends. Our final night is sure to go down in your memory as the fitting finale to a magical week.

Saturday – We couldn’t pass Reims without stopping off to visit the old grandstand; a relic, a monument to the petrolhead ethos, a place steeped in history and frozen in time. But, Calais beckons and with it that last goodbye before wending our merry way home.

What’s included?
Dinner, bed & breakfast for 7 nights
Return Eurotunnel crossing
Loan of pre-loaded satellite navigation units and powerful walkie talkies
A souvenir route book
Services of our two tour managers

What’s not included?
Lunches, drinks, fuel, etc.

Petrolheads Scotland Tour

Petrolheads Scotland Tour

Description

Where: Scotland

How Long: 6 Days

Spend a few days in the Highlands and you’ll wonder why you waited so long…
Scotland is a land of spectacular scenery and fabulous roads, and with so little traffic it is a wonderful place to spend a few days.

Tour Operator: Petrolhead Tours
Available: May 2018 (dates TBC)

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Spend a few days in the Highlands and you’ll wonder why you waited so long…
Scotland is a land of spectacular scenery and fabulous roads, and with so little traffic it is a wonderful place to spend a few days.

Summary:

Sunday – Arrive at our designated hotel just north of Glasgow, check in, and join the group for our first meal together to get to know each other and your tour managers.

Monday – After breakfast we have our first drivers briefing before heading out across the Scottish countryside. Loch Lomond, Duke’s Pass, Pitlochry, and the Cairngorms all await your attention as we head north towards our second overnight stop, near Inverness.

Tuesday – Another morning heading north, all the way up to the north coast at Tongue. After lunch there’s an optional drive out to John O’Groats for those who wish to participate, but there are also various options near the hotel for those who would rather spend the afternoon on (or off) their feet.

Wednesday – A hearty Scottish breakfast prepares us for the stunning roads along the north coast before we head south, stopping at Eilean Donan Castle before our overnight stop on the shores of Loch Ness.

Thursday – Driving? Oh, go on then. We’ll do more of that on our way south to our last overnight stop… in the same (stunning!) hotel we began with. A sumptuous meal to savour the memories of the week with so many new friends.

Friday – After breakfast your time is your own, whether you chose to stay in the immediate vicinity or perhaps head to Edinburgh or the Lake District for the weekend… or just head home to see family and friends and share your photos of the week.

What’s included?
Dinner, bed & breakfast for 5 nights
Loan of pre-loaded satellite navigation units and powerful walkie talkies
A souvenir route book
Services of our two tour managers

What’s not included?
Lunches, drinks, fuel, etc.

Scotish Driving Adventure Scotish Driving Adventure Scotish Driving Adventure Scotish Driving Adventure Scotish Driving Adventure

Scotish Driving Adventure

Description

Where: Scotland

How Long: 4 Days

This 4 day roadtrip takes you on a driving adventure where the focus is on driving. You’ll be hitting some great roads with stunning backdrops

Tour Operator: Slap Adventures
Available: 9th May - 12th May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



This 4 day roadtrip takes you on a driving adventure where the focus is on driving. You’ll be hitting some great roads with stunning backdrops, so remember to bring your camera.

The event starts in Cheshire – from here we take the scenic route to Scotland. where you’ll spend 3 days before heading back down for the finish in Cumbria.

Our carefully selected route will make the most of your time in Scotland, packing in open roads, stunning landscapes, hairpins, forests, coast roads & more.

A slap Adventures roadtrip is not a timed event in any way, nor is it a race of any kind. A safe journey between destinations must be maintained.

Curvehunter European Car Tour Curvehunter European Car Tour Curvehunter European Car Tour Curvehunter European Car Tour Curvehunter European Car Tour

Curvehunter European Car Tour

Description

Where: Italy, Austria, Germany

How Long: 7 Days

Our ‘Curvehunter’ Road Trip takes you to the Austrian Tyrol and Italian Dolomites. You’ll dip your toe into the hills of Switzerland and get a taste of the German Black Forest.

Tour Operator: Slap Adventures
Available: 24th June - 30th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Here at Slap the roads, hotels and scenery are a given. Where we differ is we take you to the lesser frequented passes. This means less traffic which equals more fun.

The destinations we visit generally don’t have the ‘glamour titles’ (like Paris or Barcelona for example) but there’s a reason for this. You’re going on a driving holiday… do you want to spend an hour in the morning battling through city traffic and then 2 hours at the end of your day doing exactly the same? Or would you rather spend that time flexing your right foot with a big grin on your face on an Alpine pass? The latter? Yeah us too.

We operate a ’round-trip’ experience, travelling from the UK and back. So you don’t get dropped 2000+ miles away from where you started with the added expense of a couple of hotels on the way home, plus the fuel bill to go with it.

So there you have it, our short sales pitch. We’re not a lifestyle company, we’re not a ‘convoy with us’ and we’re not a party on wheels.

We are a Road Trip Company that focusses on driving, quality and customer enjoyment, pure and simple.

Our ‘Curvehunter’ Road Trip is a great example of this as we take you to experience the thrills of driving your car in the Austrian Tyrol and Italian Dolomites. You’ll dip your toe into the hills of Switzerland and finally get a taste of what the German Black Forest is about.

And you’ll just happen (by design really) to find yourself at some quality hand-picked hotels to relax in each night. Perfect to catch up on the day’s events over dinner and a glass of wine, then get some sleep ready for the next 24 hours of adventure that lay ahead.

Altitude Road Trip Altitude Road Trip Altitude Road Trip Altitude Road Trip Altitude Road Trip

Altitude Road Trip

Description

Where: The Alps

How Long: 7 Days

On our ‘Altitude’ Road Trip we take you to experience the thrills of driving some of the best roads and passes in the French, Italian and Swiss Alps.

Tour Operator: Slap Adventures
Available: 9th September - 15th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Here at Slap the roads, hotels and scenery are a given. Where we differ is we take you to the lesser frequented passes. This means less traffic which equals more fun.

The destinations we visit generally don’t have the ‘glamour titles’ (like Paris or Barcelona for example) but there’s a reason for this. You’re going on a driving holiday… do you want to spend an hour in the morning battling through city traffic and then 2 hours at the end of your day doing exactly the same? Or would you rather spend that time flexing your right foot with a big grin on your face on an Alpine pass? The latter? Yeah us too.

We operate a ’round-trip’ experience, travelling from the UK and back. So you don’t get dropped 2000+ miles away from where you started with the added expense of a couple of hotels on the way home, plus the fuel bill to go with it.

So there you have it, our short sales pitch. We’re not a lifestyle company, we’re not a ‘convoy with us’ and we’re not a party on wheels.

We are a Road Trip Company that focusses on driving, quality and customer enjoyment, pure and simple.

Our ‘Altitude’ Road Trip is a great example of this as we take you to experience the thrills of driving some of the best roads and passes in the French, Italian and Swiss Alps.

And you’ll just happen (by design really) to find yourself at some quality hand-picked hotels to relax in each night. Perfect to catch up on the day’s events over dinner and a glass of wine, then get some sleep ready for the next 24 hours of adventure that lay ahead.

Scottish Islands and Highlands

Scottish Islands and Highlands

Description

Where: Scotland

How Long: 10 Days

Enjoy a Wonderful 10 Day, 9 Night Tour including
the Outer Hebrides, the Orkneys & the Shetlands

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: 6th July - 15th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Outer Hebrides are a 130-mile long island chain on the northwestern fringe of the UK. The main islands are Lewis and Harris, North and South Uist, Benbecula and Barra, but there are also scores of smaller islands. Magnificent beaches with perfect white sand, stretch for mile upon mile on their western coastlines. The islands also offer a unique culture, being the stronghold of the Gaelic language, and superb wildlife.

The Islands of Orkney are a group of about 70 islands and skerries situated 10km (6.2 miles) from the north-east tip of the Scotland. The largest island, known as ‘the mainland’, is home to most of the total 20,000 population but the north islands of Shapinsay, Gairsay, Stronsay, Wyre, Rousay, Egilsay, Eday, Sanday, Westray, Papa Westray and North Ronaldsay and the south islands of Graemsay, Hoy, South Walls, Burray, Flotta and South Ronaldsay are also populated.

The Shetland Islands – You’ll be enchanted by the rugged beauty of the landscape. Its dramatically changing colours and textures will take your breath away. Shetland’s nearest neighbour is Orkney, 50 miles to the south-west, Norway is just over 200 miles to the east and the Faroe Islands lie about the same distance away to the north-west. Shetland’s natural sights are world-class, bird watching is outstanding and you may also see seals, otters, porpoises and even whales. Shetland has some unique species, like the Shetland wren and the wonderful miniature Shetland ponies

Scotland North Coast 500

Scotland North Coast 500

Description

Where: North Scotland

How Long: 8 Days

North Coast 500 showcasing the fairy tale castles, beaches and ruins showcasing 500 miles of the best the North Highlands has to offer

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: May, June, July and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



North Coast 500 – Scotland’s new scenic route showcasing the fairy tale castles, beaches and ruins showcasing 500 miles of the best the North Highlands has to offer. The route starts in the northern city of Inverness, then weaves along the west coast to Applecross and then northwards towards the bustling towns of Torridon and Ullapool. From there, you’ll venture to some of the most northerly coastal points in Scotland, passing by Caithness and John O’Groats before heading south through Dingwall and finally back to Inverness.

There’s nothing quite like the freedom of the long open road, never-ending back roads, wide meandering paths and hidden trails through some of Scotland’s finest coastal scenery are just a few things you can expect on Scotland’s brand new tourist route. North Coast 500 is a haven of adventure, with hundreds of things to see and do, whether it be spotting dolphins, climbing mountains, tasting local delicacies or relaxing on the beach – there is something for everyone on the North Coast 500.

Isle of Man and Causeway Coast Tour

Isle of Man and Causeway Coast Tour

Description

Where: Isle of Man

How Long: 7 Days

A combination of 2 of our most popular tours including 3 nights at the excellent Ramsey Park Hotel on the Isle of Man, 3 nights on Ireland’s spectacular Causeway Coast

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



A combination of 2 of our most popular tours including 3 nights at the excellent Ramsey Park Hotel on the Isle of Man, 3 nights on Ireland’s spectacular Causeway Coast and all ferry crossings from Liverpool to the Douglas, Douglas to Belfast and Dublin to Holyhead.

Set in the Irish Sea, the Isle of Man is a unique destination with over 10,000 years of history. Surprisingly large at over 33 miles long and 13 miles wide, there is more to the Isle of Man than, at first, meets the eye. Venture away from the capital, Douglas, and you’ll find rugged cliffs, sandy coves, miles of uncrowded beaches and enchanting glens. The island is home to the famous TT motorcycle circuit, which incorporates the island’s fastest roads and the only place in Europe outside the German autobahn network where there are public roads do not have any speed limits, giving it a strong appeal to thrill seekers.

Ireland’s Causeway Coastal Route is rated as one of the World’s Great Road Journeys alongside the garden Route in South Africa and the Pacific Highway in California and boasts one of the top 5 views in the world. The 120 mile route takes you from Belfast Lough to Lough Foyle a journey from the birthplace of the Titanic to the historic walled city of Derry. The route transports you along a stunning coastline, past spectacular scenery, windswept cliffs and unspoilt beaches, a coastline sprinkled with historic castles, churches and forts as well as world class attractions like the UNESCO World heritage site at the Giants Causeway and the famous Bushmills Distillery.

Guernsey and Jersey two Island Tour

Guernsey and Jersey two Island Tour

Description

Where: Guernsey and Jersey

How Long: 8 Days

Enjoy a Wonderful 8 Day Tour to the Channel Islands
featuring 3 Nights in Guernsey & 4 Nights in Jersey

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: May, June and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Guernsey – is the second largest of the Channel Islands, known as the Bailiwick of Guernsey, Less commercialized than neighbouring Jersey, Guernsey offers spectacular coastal scenery, crystal clear waters with white sandy beaches, a fascinating maritime and military history and a rich cultural heritage. Exploring Guernsey is easy. Located on the eastern side of the Island, St Peter Port is the capital of Guernsey and a bustling harbour town that is widely considered to be the Channel Islands’ most beautiful. Still maintaining its 17th century charm and character of a bygone age, the High Street even has its original cobbles, and housed in an historic chapel building, the beautiful church is the town’s centrepiece.

Jersey – Sparkling seas, golden sands, rugged cliffs, picturesque harbours and fascinating countryside await the visitor to Jersey. A welcoming island that offers the best of Britain with the added zest of France.The largest and most southerly of the Channel Islands but still only 45 square miles, Jersey is situated on the edge of the Gulf Stream, 100 hundred miles south of England and 14 miles from France. The island slopes from north to south to face the sun and boasts the best sunshine record in the British Isles and a climate which is milder in all seasons than the UK

Cotswolds, Bath and Cheddar Gorge

Cotswolds, Bath and Cheddar Gorge

Description

Where: Cotwolds and Bath

How Long: 4 Days

A Wonderful break to the Cotswolds, Bath & Cheddar Gorge Staying at the Excellent 4 Star Marriott Hotel

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: June, August, September and October 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Cotswolds – The Cotswolds stretches from Bath in the south to Startford-upon-Avon in the north, and Gloucester in the west to Oxford in the east. Apart from the larger well-known towns, there are numerous delightful villages such as Burford, Bourton-on-the-Water, Stow-on-the-Wold and Castle Combe.

Bath – Nourished by natural hot springs, Bath offers a unique experience with stunning architecture, great shopping and iconic attractions.

Cheddar Gorge – Cheddar Gorge is one of England’s most iconic and spectacular landscapes. At almost 400 feet deep and three miles long, this is England’s largest gorge, and with its weathered crags and pinnacles, one of our most spectacular natural sights.

Causeway Coast Ireland

Causeway Coast Ireland

Description

Where: Ireland

How Long: 5 Days

The Causeway Coastal Route is rated as one of the Top Five Road Trips worldwide and when you drive it, you’ll see why

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: May, June, July and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Causeway Coastal route is rated as one of the World’s Great Road Journeys alongside the garden Route in South Africa and the Pacific Highway in California. It also boasts one of the top 5 views in the world.

It’s an ever changing tapestry of scenery and colours, set against a dramatic coastal backdrop that will take your breath away – the perfect place for a leisurely tour. The 120 mile route takes you from Belfast Lough to Lough Foyle a journey from the birthplace of the Titanic to the historic walled city of Derry. The route transports you along a stunning coastline, past spectacular scenery, windswept cliffs and unspoilt beaches, a coastline sprinkled with historic castles, churches and forts as well as world class attractions like the UNESCO World heritage site at the Giants Causeway and the famous Bushmills Distillery. This tour is a journey of exploration where imagination meets reality and where every village, town, castle and rocky shore are waiting to be discovered

Gordon Bennett Classic Car Run

Gordon Bennett Classic Car Run

Description

Where: Ireland

How Long: 4 Days

A Historic Journey through the Irish Countryside
on the Official Gordon Bennett Classic Car Run

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: 1st June - 5th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Gordon Bennett Route takes you on an historic journey across spectacular Irish countryside through the picturesque towns and villages of county Kildare, Carlow and Laois in the heart of Ireland.

While the famous Gordon Bennett route was raced by the world’s greatest daredevils at record-breaking speeds in 1903, we suggest you set yourself a much easier pace. Relax, get your motor running and follow in the footsteps of our motoring pioneers taking time to enjoy the breathtaking scenery along the way. Our package includes entry to the 2018 Gordon Bennett Irish Classic Run which starts on Friday 1st June and runs through to Monday 6th and includes the Gala Dinner on Saturday evening and all of the other organised activities during the event.

South of France Milleau and Route Napoleon

South of France Milleau and Route Napoleon

Description

Where: South of France with Millau Bridge

How Long: 13 Days

A Spectacular 13 Night Tour to the Glistening French Riviera, the Millau Viaduct and Route Napoleon, that winds its way through the spectacular mountains of Provence.

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: 31st August to 12th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Cote d’Azur – This sprawl of spectacular beaches and zillion-dollar houses has always captivated sun lovers and socialites. Make sure you don’t miss the Côte d’Azur’s world-famous points of interest including; St-Tropez; the Belle Époque aura of Cannes; the towns made famous by Picass, Antibes, Vallauris, Mougins; the urban charms of Nice; and a number of locations where the per capita, the population of billionaires is amongst the highest on the planet, these include;: Cap d’Antibes, Villefranche-sur-Mer, and the pricipality of Monaco.

Millau Viaduct – Millau viaduct holds the world record for the tallest bridge, culminating at 343 metres (higher than the Eiffel tower), 2460 metres long and touching the bottom of the Tarn valley in only 9 places. The viaduct constitutes the most spectacular link in La Méridienne: the A75 motorway, linking Clermont-Ferrand with Béziers and Narbonne, which is the least congested and cheapest route between Paris and the Mediterranean. Conceived by the French engineer Michel Virlogeux and designed by the English architect Lord Norman Foster, it fits perfectly into the naturally intact and grandiose landscape.

Route Napoleon follows the route taken by Napoleon in his 1815 escape from Elba to Grenoble. This asphalted 325km road begins at Golfe-Juan, where Napoleon disembarked on 1st March 1815, beginning the Hundred Days that ended at Waterloo. It took Napoleon and a thousand men a whole week, but today you can drive the entire route in about eight hours. Our tour splits the route into two sections so that you have plenty of time to enjoy the fantastic scenery. Major towns along the route include: Vallauris (where much of the landing took place after initial landings at Golfe Juan), Cannes, Grasse, Saint-Vallier-de-Thiey, Seranon, Castellane, Digne, Sisteron, Gap, Corps, La Mure and Grenoble.

Lake Annecy and Maurienne Passes

Lake Annecy and Maurienne Passes

Description

Where: Western France

How Long: 9 Days

This tour combines the turquoise Lac d’Annecy, with the stunning passes, peaks, valleys and villages of the Maurienne Valley

Tour Operator: Scenic Car Tours
Available: 8th July to 16th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



This tour combines the turquoise Lac d’Annecy, overlooked by wooded and often-snow-capped mountains; the almost impossibly charming Vieille Ville (old town), with its ensemble of pastel-painted, geranium-bedecked houses and the turreted château which looks like a castle straight out of the Middle Ages with the stunning passes, peaks, valleys and villages of the Maurienne Valley.

Lake Annecy – Not only is it one of the prettiest lakes around, but Lake Annecy is also “Europe’s cleanest lake” due to the very early introduction of environmental regulations in the 1960s. Famously painted in oil on canvas by Cézanne in 1896, the lake lies at the foothills of the French Alps and has a rich local history from both before and after the unification of the local region of Savoy with France just 150 years ago. As well as the super lakes and mountains scenery, the area is well known for its local cuisine including its cheeses, its fish such as Omble Chevalier and Féra, and its chocolate, especially the mountain liqueur-based Roseau

Maurienne Valley – is located in the department of Savoie of the french region Rhône-Alpes and at the heart of the spectacular Passes of the Maurienne, comprising of; Col du Télégraphe (1566m), Col du Grand Cucheron (1188m), Col du Galibier (2646m), Col de la Madeleine (2000m), Col du Mont-Cenis (2084m), Col du Glandon (1908m), Col de l’Iseran (2764m), Col de la Croix de Fer (2067m), Col du Mollard (1650m), Col de Chaussy (1533m)

Norwegian Navigation

Norwegian Navigation

Description

Where: Norway

How Long: 9 Days

Norway has to be seen to be believed, experience miles and miles of spectacular views, with fjords and waterfalls to accompany every daily adventure. And the roads? Wow

Tour Operator: Petrolhead Tours
Available: 2nd June - 10th June 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Norway has to be seen to be believed. In such a large country, with such a small population, you are able to experience miles and miles of spectacular views, with fjords and waterfalls to accompany every daily adventure. And the roads? Wow.

With years of experience of road trips to Norway, let us show you the highlights of this wonderful country.

Summary:

Saturday – We’ll start the trip with a driver briefing in a hotel in Kent, situated conveniently for our early Eurotunnel departure. We’ll then settle down to a gentle motorway pace to get us through France, Belgium and Holland before scratching an automotive itch or two on some derestricted German autobahn. Tonight, we’ll enjoy some northern German hospitality and cuisine.

Sunday – An easy day, traversing Germany and Denmark, before arriving at Hirtshals for our short ferry ride to Norway. Don’t worry, the hotel is just a mile from the boat, so our first night in Norway isn’t far away.

Monday – We leave Kristiansand first thing in the morning after a decent breakfast, and immediately head inland and away from population. It won’t take long for us to reach the perfectly surfaced and lightly trafficked inland roads… and our first stop is Lysebotn.

Often quoted as being one of the most dramatic, scenic, or dangerous roads in the world (we guess it depends on your choice of vehicle!), the Lysebotn approach road is quite remarkable… and certainly gives a taste of what is to come as we venture further into Norway.

Tuesday – The Laerdal tunnel is the longest road tunnel in the world, at 24.5km long. It’s an impressive structure for sure, but we won’t go all the way through it. The road over the top is much more interesting, and includes a spectacular view over the fjord at Aurland.

Wednesday – No luggage today as we’re returning to the same hotel, in Loen. So, what are we doing today? Well, our loop begins with a quick trip down to Oye, before heading back up the valley to take a ride over the Geiranger fjord.

Said by many to be the most beautiful in Norway, the Geiranger fjord is also home to many waterfalls (including the “Seven Sisters”) and allows access to the mountain above the town of Geiranger, from where the views are truly magnificent.

From here we can also head over to the amazing Trollstigen (The Troll’s Ladder), which has to be seen to be believed. Standing at the head of a glacier-carved valley, the waterfalls and tarmac share space on the mountain side.

Thursday – Now that it’s time to start heading south again, we’ll stay away from the tourist traps and enjoy the majesty of the Norwegian interior. With such a large amount of land and such a small population, Norway enjoys a quite amazing landscape, including the ash road;

Friday – We’ll continue to make progress towards the southern coast again today, ensuring we enjoy the sights and smells along the way.

Saturday – A relatively early start today sees on back on the boat to Denmark, then an easy run into Germany for the night.

Sunday – Back through Germany, Holland, Belgium and France and on to the Eurotunnel in the late afternoon, giving us time to get home and into our own beds.

Petrolhead Spanish Safari Petrolhead Spanish Safari Petrolhead Spanish Safari

Petrolhead Spanish Safari

Description

Where: Spain

How Long: 10 Days

Blessed with a superb climate and some interesting topography, Spain is certainly worthy of a visit. The food, the atmosphere, and the stunning natural lay of the land provide endless options for exploration.

Tour Operator: Petrolhead Tours
Available: 23rd June - July 1st 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Summary:

Friday – Make sure you’re at the Portsmouth ferry terminal by 15:00 on this Friday afternoon, as the boat leaves at 17:00 and it won’t wait for you!

Saturday – Relax on board the ferry. When you arrive in Spain you’ll drive off the boat and be met immediately by your tour managers, who will provide you with your walkie talkie and satnav for the week and guide you the short hour-and-a-bit to the accommodation for tonight, safely on dry land.

Sunday – Picos to Monforte de Lemos

Monday – Monforte de Lemos to Portugal to Salamanca

Tuesday – Salamanca to Trujillo

Wednesday – Trujillo to Teruel

Thursday – Teruel to Lleida

Friday – Lleida to Pamplona

Saturday – Pamplona to Santander. A last “Hurrah!” through the Spanish countryside on our way to Santander and the boat home. What a week!

Sunday – Rest and relaxation aboard the ship home to Portsmouth. Plenty of time to discuss the week’s events with your fellow tourers and get over the hangover from last night’s party, before the drive home and a night in your own bed.

Driving Tour to Ireland Driving Tour to Ireland

Driving Tour to Ireland

Description

Where: Ireland

How Long: 5 Days

Spend six nights touring the stunning Irish roads, taking in the great sights and finest dining. You will stay in some of the best hotels this beautiful island has to offer for two nights in each with time to relax and enjoy your surroundings.

Tour Operator: Classic Grand Touring
Available: 23rd - 29th July 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Itinerary

Monday 23rd July | Drive: 2 hours 20 – 130 miles

Our tour starts at Holyhead, Wales as we enjoy the Club Classic comfort of the ferry crossing to Dublin. Upon arrival, we make our way up to Galgorm Resort and Spa on the River Maine, just north of Belfast. There will be a cocktail reception before dining in the elegant River Room overlooking the river.

Tuesday 24th July | Drive: 2 hours – 60 miles

After breakfast, we make the short drive into Belfast to visit the Titanic Museum. We leave our cars on the (dry) Titanic slipway to tour this fascinating museum. Afterwards, a Black Cab will take you on a guided tour of the famous landmarks in and around Belfast including the Political Murals, Belfast Castle, and much more, before returning you to your car to make your way back to the hotel. You will have the choice of which hotel restaurant to dine in this evening.

Wednesday 25th July | Drive: 3 hours – 120 miles

Today we head to Larne to join the Causeway Coastal Route, a great driving road that will take us to the Giant’s Causeway. After you have marvelled at the wonders of nature you can call in at the Bushmills Distillery before following the beautiful route across to Donegal in the West of Ireland for two nights at the superb Lough Eske Castle Hotel.

Thursday 26th July | Free day

Today is a free day to explore the wild North West coast and picturesque towns of Donegal, or, try a spot of fly fishing, take a picnic, follow one of the many trails by the lake, or simply relax in the serene spa.

Friday 27th July | Drive: 3 hours – 115 miles

Our route takes us southwards today through Sligo and Westport on the Wild Atlantic Way South to our first class hotel in County Mayo. The Lodge at Ashford Castle is set in 350 acres of magnificent estate overlooking Lake Corrib.

Saturday 28th July | Free day (multiple driving options)

Today, you may choose to drive east to the Wild Atlantic Way, the Sky Road and the hills of Connemara or South to the weird but wonderful landscape of The Burren.

Our Grand Finale Dinner this evening will be in the George V dining room at Ashford Castle, a graceful setting with its sparkling Waterford crystal chandeliers.

Sunday 29th July | Drive: 3 hours – 160 miles

Today, after a last sumptuous Irish breakfast, we will drive back to Galway and then along the fastest route to Dublin Port to board the ferry back to Holyhead.

Honfleur and the Loire Valley Tour

Honfleur and the Loire Valley Tour

Description

Where: Honfleur and Loire Valley France

How Long: 7 days

Enjoy a Great 7 Day 6 Night Break to Beautiful Honfleur & the Spectacular Loire Valley

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: June and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Enjoy a Great 7 Day 6 Night Break to Beautiful Honfleur & the Spectacular Loire Valley

The Loire Valley is a stunning area of France, where castles, moats, turrets, bridges, towers, and rivers seem as though they have jumped right out of the pages of some of the world’s most famous fairytales. The Loire Valley offers the most diverse range of attractions in France if not anywhere in Europe. From its glorious Chateaux and cathedrals, towns and villages to charm and interest you, sumptuous gardens and natural parks for even the keenest gardeners and nature lovers.

Honfleur – This little maritime city, which has somehow escaped the ravages of time, has managed to preserve the traces of a rich historical past, which make it one of the most visited towns in France, with its picturesque backstreets and old houses. Its international renown is partly due to the authenticity of its narrow paved streets and timber-framed house-fronts, its little shops, charming hotels and typical restaurants, but also to the variety of its monuments and the wealth of its cultural and artistic heritage.

Champagne and Chantilly Arts

Champagne and Chantilly Arts

Description

Where: France Champagne Region

How Long:

In 2017, more than 100,000 spectators converged on Chantilly to admire over 500 historic racing cars on the track and 8,500 vintage cars in the general enclosures specially designed to accommodate car clubs representing 60 marques.

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 7th September - 10th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Almost 10 000 spectators attended the first running of the Chantilly Arts & Elegance Richard Mille, which has immediately become part of that very elite circle of the most outstanding events of its type.

In 2017, more than 100,000 spectators converged on Chantilly to admire over 500 historic racing cars on the track and 8,500 vintage cars in the general enclosures specially designed to accommodate car clubs representing 60 marques.

The Chantilly Arts & Elegance Richard Mille, now in its 5th year, has quickly become part of that very elite circle of the most outstanding events of its type. Numerous exhibits celebrating the French Art de Vivre and Savoir Faire were also very popular as were the various forms of entertainment for the general public. The 5th Chantilly Arts & Elegance Richard Mille event will be held on Sunday 9th September 2018. It will follow in the footsteps of the previous events and smart attire is actively encouraged to fit in with the atmosphere of the event.

Compiegne Forest & Pierrefonds Rally – This rally takes you through the Compiegne Forest, the second larget forest in France covering 35,620 acres. Its oak and beech lined roads criss-cross the forest where both the Armistice of 1918 and of 1940 were signed, one ending the first World War and the other where France surrendered to Nazi’s some 22 years later. The village of Pierrefonds is on the south-east edge of the Compiegne Forest, best known for the Chateau de Pierrefonds and its picturesque village. The castle is one of the most impressive and photogenic in France and because of its multitude of spires and towers and its ‘unspoiled’ appearance it has been often used as a film set including the recent Merlin television series.

7 European Countries Rally

7 European Countries Rally

Description

Where: Europe

How Long: 9 Days

Verve Rally is an experience that is unforgettable and a whole lot of fun. We live by the values of fun, adventure and gratitude, so each Verve Rally is sure to have a generous helping of each.

Tour Operator: Verve Rally
Available: 1st September - 9th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Created for the discerning yet easy-going individual, Verve Rally is a concoction of luxury travel, adventure, GT / Exotic / Supercars and like-minded people. All culminating into an experience that is unforgettable and a whole lot of fun. We live by the values of fun, adventure and gratitude, so each Verve Rally is sure to have a generous helping of each.

Verve Rally is about celebration and it’s reshaping the traditional definitions of a car rally. This is not a race and it is not timed in any way. It’s a journey with like-minded people, a journey that celebrates driving and indulging in the world’s most atmospheric destinations.

We tailor the experience to balance driving time with exploration and rest at our luxury locations. You’ll spend an average of four-five hours driving, on driving days, cruising in convoy along inspiring hand-picked roads. Rest, food and re-fueling stops are all taken care of in the route plan, and we’ll be arriving at the day’s destination by late afternoon. The best four and five-star hotels and chateaux provide the serene space as soon as you’ve parked up. And with no night-time driving, you can indulge in all the destination’s flavours and experiences.

Rhine, Romantic Road and Black Forest Tour

Rhine, Romantic Road and Black Forest Tour

Description

Where: Germany, Rhine & Black Forrest

How Long: 10 Days

A Wonderful 10 Day Tour incorporating the Rhine Valley, Romantic Road & the Black Forest

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: June August and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Rhine Valley is straight out of a picture book, with precipitous cliffs, steep vineyards, a castle perched on virtually every hilltop and pretty villages lining the river banks on either side. Myths and legends abound here, such as the story of Loreley, the beautiful siren of the rocks. Towns like Bacharach, Boppard, St. Goar and Linz epitomise the charm of this remarkable area with its rich cultural heritage. UNESCO has recognised the importance of the region by designating the Middle Rhine Valley a World Heritage area

The Romantic Road is a German Scenic Drive through Bavaria that leads you from Wurzburg and the Franconia wine country to the fairy tale castle of Neuschwanstein nestled in the foothills of the Bavarian Alps. You’ll find picturesque towns with city walls, towers, and half-timbered houses, hidden monasteries and medieval castles.

On this 261 mile long scenic route the journey is your reward.

The Black Forest is one of Germany’s largest and best-known regions. A magical land of wonderful scenery with pine clad mountains and rolling hills, lush green valleys, crystal clear lakes, enchanting waterfalls, quaint half timbered buildings nestle in delightful historic towns and villages, plus of course those magnificent cuckoo clocks and the famous Black Forest Gateau.

Old Timers GP Nurburgring

Old Timers GP Nurburgring

Description

Where: Germany and the Nurburgring

How Long: 5 Days

A Great 5 Day, 4 Night Tour to the 2017 Old-Timer Grand Prix at the Nurburgring

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 9th August to 13th August 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



With an audience of more than 60,000 and an outstanding starting field, the AvD-Oldtimer-Grand-Prix is one of the biggest and most popular vintage car racing events in the world. In its 46th anniversary year, you can experience from 9th to 13th August 2017 a spectacular and unique journey through seven decades of motorsports history.

Cars from all eras and classes are represented from pre-war racing cars to the Formula 1 racers and touring cars of the 80‘s and with qualifying, practice and racing taking place from Friday morning until Sunday evening, there is plenty to keep you busy. To enhance your enjoyment at the event, there’s free admission to the paddocks and the pits, so you’ll really be able to get up close and personal to the drivers, the vehicles and all of the action and a part of the paddock is a designated as a ‘Car Club Parking’ with 100’s of spectacular classics on show.

The Rhine in Flame Tour

The Rhine in Flame Tour

Description

Where: The Rhine in Germany

How Long: 7 days

A Spectacular 7 Day Tour to the Rhine Valley for the ‘Rhine in Flames’ Celebrations, staying in Rhudesheim

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 8th August - 14th August 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Join us at an annual celebration of the wine harvest season, as the summer sun sets over the Rhine Valley, and a flotilla of beautifully illuminated ships makes its way down the legendary Rhine, which basks in the glow of a thousand Bengal lights, whilst hilltop fireworks create shimmering cascades of colour high above the mountains, castles and vineyards.

The Rhine Valley is straight out of a picture book, with precipitous cliffs, steep vineyards, a castle perched on virtually every hilltop and pretty villages lining the river banks on either side. Myths and legends abound here, such as the story of Loreley, the beautiful siren of the rocks. Towns like Bacharach, Boppard, St. Goar and Linz epitomise the charm of this remarkable area with its rich cultural heritage. UNESCO has recognised the importance of the region by designating the Middle Rhine Valley a World Heritage area.

Mille Miglia Tour

Mille Miglia Tour

Description

Where: Italy

How Long: 10 Days

An 11 Day, 10 Night Tour to see the 2018 Mille Miglia ‘the Greatest Car Race in the World’

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 14th May - 24th May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The ‘Mille Miglia’ is possibly the greatest car race in the world. This thousand mile rally around Italy,

The quintessential race in a country that can rightly claim the greatest passion for the motorcar.

The home of the “red” car, Ferrari, Lamborghini and Maserati

DAY 1 – Am P&O Ferry crossing from Dover / Calais (alternative routes available).

Then drive through France to Troyes for the first of two overnight stops – Mileage approx. 246 miles

DAY 2 – Breakfast followed by am departure from Troyes for the drive through France for your second overnight stop in the Chamonix region – Mileage approx. 290 miles

DAY 3 – Today we continue our journey passing through the Mont Blanc tunnel (toll tunnel) into Italy with Arrival at Lake Garda late afternoon, your base for the next two nights. Here you have the choice of staying at the 3 Star Hotel Benaco, or the 4 Star Palace Hotel – Mileage approx. 250 miles

DAY 4 – (Build up and start of the Mille Miglia)

Today sees the start of the Mille Miglia. Although the races doesn’t begin until early evening you’ll be able to witness first hand the build up and start of the ‘Greatest Car Race in the World’ and migle amongst the 375 of the worlds most glamourous and prestigious cars as they prepare for the start of the 2016 Mille Miglia Rally. During your time in Brescia, why not visit the famous Mille Miglia Museum. Please note: we do not recommend you drive into Brescia as you’ll almost certainly encounter difficulties parking. An easy way of getting into Brescia is by train from Desenzano. It’s easy and quite cheap, and will allow you the freedom to travel to and from Brecia at your leisure. (rail tickets not included).

Overnight in Lake Garda

DAY 5 – (2nd leg of Mille Miglia)

Today sees us moving south from Lake Garda to Tuscany, with the opportunity to visit some of the amazing car museums in Motor Valley en route, these include; Ferrari, Lamborghini. Maserati, Pannini and Ducati. Alternately you can drive to one of the checkpoints to see the Mille Miglia as it heads south towards Rome. You have the choice of staying at the 3 Park Hotel Chianti, or the 4 Star Hotel Borgo di Cortefreda, both hotels are located in Tavarnelle Val di Pesa just 18 miles south of Florence and well located to get to various checkpoints on both the southbound and northbound sections of the Mille Miglia.

DAY 6 – (3rd leg of Mille Miglia)

The Day at Leisure to catch up with the race as it passes through.

OR – Enjoy some of the beautiful scenery or attractions in the area – Overnight at the Borgo di Cortefreda

DAY 7 – (4th and final leg of Mille Miglia)

Today we re-locate back to Lake Garda to see the final stages as the race makes its way back into Brescia. You’ll have the opportunity to watch the race as it passes through the final checkpoint in Manerba and then follow it into Brescia or you can simply head into Brescia where you can revel in the amazing atmosphere as the race arrives back in Brescia.

Overnight in Lake Garda

DAY 8 – The day at leisure in Lake Garda

DAY 9 – Departing the Hotel and Lake Garda after breakfast, today you begin the homeward drive through Italy and into Switzerland where you’ll enjoy ar spectacular drive over the Grimsel Pass (weather permitting), which at 2165m is one of the most spectacular passes in the Alps. We’ll then make the first of two overnight stops in Lucerne.

Milege approx. 260 miles

DAY 10 – Departing after breakfast, today’s journey will see you crossing the border into France. As with the outbound drives , again you will have the choice of taking a Scenic or direct drive en route through France into Luxembourg and the town of Bascharage where you’ll enjoy your second overnight stop.

Mileage approx 286 miles

DAY 11 – Departing after breakfast today sees you making your final journey back to Calais and the UK. Again you will have the choice of taking a Scenic or a more direct drive to rendezvous with your return P&O Ferry crossing back to Dover. Mileage 254 miles

The Italian Lakes Tour

The Italian Lakes Tour

Description

Where: Italian Lakes

How Long: 13 or 15 Days

A 12 or 15 Night Tour including 4 Nights Lake Garda, 3 Nights in Lake Como & 2 Nights Lake Lucerne

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: June July and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



From Landscapes to language, from famous food to friendly locals, the attraction of the Italian Lakes are unique and unmistakable. The two favourites and probably the most famous are Lake Garda and Lake Como.

Lake Como has so much to offer. The resorts of Menaggio, Tremezzo, Cadenabbia and Lenno, are situated on the sunny, western shore with Bellagio perched on the promontory that divides Como and Lecco. Bellagio and Menaggio, the largest resorts, are characterised by a buzzing cosmopolitan atmosphere with quaint, cobbled alleyways and café-filled piazzas. The adjacent villages of Tremezzo and Cadenabbia hug the road from Como to Switzerland and provide great bases for exploring.

Lake Garda has been a popular choice with holiday makers for over a century. The northern part of the lake is dominated by high mountains and is famous for the colourful windsurfers sailing across the water.

The southern part of Lake Garda opens up to be much wider, and is surrounded by vineyards and olive groves and has long cobbled beaches. There’s so much to see, from lakeside beaches and promenades to sunbathe and relax on, traditional local restaurants, stylish bars and lakeside cafes. Take it easy one day and be really active the next and explore at your own pace.

Lake como Belagio panoramicLake Maggiorelake-lugano-longlake idroLake Idro Lake Garda DriveFerry button Lumin hotelHotel Drago (2)weggis-switzerland2lake lucerne cable carLake Lucerne

Lake Lucerne Encircled by popular excursion mountains, Lake Lucerne is the lake with the greatest scenic variety in the country. It is somewhat reminiscent of a fjord landscape, yet remains characterised by a mild lake climate. Boat cruises on board five historic paddle wheel steamers are amongst the highlights of this region.

Drive the Mille Miglia Route

Drive the Mille Miglia Route

Description

Where: Italy and Stelvio Pass

How Long: 15 days

Drive the Mille Miglia Route on this Amazing 15 Day Tour including tours of Rome, Motor Valley & the Mille Miglia Museum

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 30th September - 14th October 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Mille Miglia or 1000 miles was an endurance race that took place 24 times between 1927 and 1957.

Participants raced with their Gran Turismo cars over the open roads of northern Italy from Brescia to Rome and back on a figure of 8 shaped route. Due to frequent fatal crashes the race was banned in 1957, but since 1982 it was revived as a touring trip for old-timers.

This tour is designed to give you the opportunity to choose your preferred route from the past 5 years and most of the interesting sections of the route, such as the Ravenna-Forli-Rimini road used in 1947, 1948 and from 1951 to 1957, with its sweeping bends and breathtaking countryside. Also included are some of the roads and towns used in the Mille Miglia retro run, such as the challenging hill passes from San Marino to Urbino.

In addition you get to drive the Stelvio Pass at 2757m, one of the highest and most dramatic mountain passes in the Alps. Best approached from the north west you’ll experience the drive down the famous switchbacks driving through the heart of the Stelvio as you make your way to Bormio.

Picos de Europa and Northern Spain

Picos de Europa and Northern Spain

Description

Where: Northern Spain

How Long: 10 or 13 days

A Spectacular 10 or 13 Day Tour to Northern Spain & the Picos de Europa featuring 4 Star Parador Hotels with Pyrenees and Portugal add on

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: June and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Enjoy a touring holiday in Northern Spain and discover a land of contrasts. From beaches to mountains this lovely part of Spain encompassing Cantabria and eastern Asturias is a treasure trove of landscapes full of winding scenic roads, great cities and untouched villages, haute-cuisine and superb local fare, all criss-crossed by the ancient Camino de Santiago, Europe’s most important pilgrim way.

The Picos de Europa on the borders of Asturias, Cantabria and Castilla y León, is probably the most stunning National Park in Spain, or even Europe. The contrasts within these 300 square miles of spectacular natural beauty that link Cantabria and Asturias are amazing. Small mountain villages are tucked away in the higher slopes almost completely isolated. Deep gorges that plunge vertically down into deep river valleys, sparkling lakes, and magical forests make this an adventure playground just begging to be explored.

La Rioja is a beautiful wine region in Northern Spain characterized by its scenic patchwork of vineyard covered hills, medieval villages, The flagship grape of Rioja is the noble Tempranillo, used to create delicious reds and blended with other regional grapes like Mazuelo, Garnacha Tinta, and Graciano.

Cangas de Onis is a great base for exploring the Picos de Europa. The main sight at Cangas de Onis is the ‘Roman’ bridge with the Picos de Europa as its backdrop. The main square is a good place to sit and enjoy a drink or a meal and it has a pleasant atmosphere.

Santillana del Mar is situated on the northern route of the Pilgrim’s Road to Santiago de Compostela, Santillana del Mar is a beautiful medieval town developed around the collegiate church of Santa María. Its various defence towers and palaces make Santillana one of the most important historical areas of Cantabria.

Belgium Classic Car Festival

Belgium Classic Car Festival

Description

Where: Belgium

How Long: 4 Days

Enjoy a Wonderful 4 day, 3 Night Break to the 2017 Belgian Classic Car Festival

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 24th August - 27th August 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Join Scenic & Continental Car Tours and Eddy LePez on this extremely popular weekend break to Belgium for Classic Car Enthusiasts

Belgium has three distinctive regions, Dutch-speaking Flanders to the north, French-speaking Wallonia to the south and a German-speaking community to the east. The bilingual capital, Brussels, has ornate guildhalls at Grand-Place and elegant art-nouveau buildings, whilst Bruges, known as the ‘Venice of the North’, Bruges, is a well-preserved city where the entire historic center has been recognized as a UNESCO world heritage site. The attractions of this magical city include a wide range of museums, churches, historical buildings and canals and streets that can be explored by boat, foot or horse.

During this great 4 day break, hosted by our Belgian colleague, Eddy LePez, you’ll enjoy a welcome group dinner on Friday night at the Velotel Hotel, an ‘optional’ organised tour on Saturday, then on Sunday you’ll be joined by other Belgian Car enthusiasts on an organised morning run followed by a classic car display near the lighthouse in Ostende harbour with free time in Ostende in the afternoon. On Monday you’ll have the opportunity to visit and explore the WW1 Battlefields and the town of Ypres before returning to Calais

Ardennes and Black Forest Tour

Ardennes and Black Forest Tour

Description

Where: Black Forest Belgium

How Long: 8 days

Enjoy a 8 Day, 7 Night Tour to the Belgian Ardennes &
The Black Forest staying at three Panoramic Hotels

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: June and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



The Belgian Ardennes – Beautiful scenery, intimate restaurants – and chocolate. Lots of it. Even if you haven’t got a sweet tooth, you’ll be bowled over by the Ardennes region – and it’s an incredibly compact and easy place to drive with rolling hills, picture-postcard towns and grand country houses dripping with history. Bouillon lies close to the border of France. Nestled on a sharp bend of the River Semois, in the heart of the Ardennes forest this small medieval city is a popular destination for short breaks to the region.

Black Forest – One of Germany’s largest and best-known regions. A magical land comprising of wonderful scenery with pine clad mountains and rolling hills, lush green valleys, crystal clear lakes and enchanting waterfalls. Quaint half-timbered buildings nestle in delightful historic towns and villages, there are spectacular gorges carved by the River Rhine, plus of course those magnificent cuckoo clocks and the famous Black Forest Gateau.

Eastern Canada and Canadian Grand Prix

Eastern Canada and Canadian Grand Prix

Description

Where: Canada and Canadian GP

How Long: 12 Days

A 13 Day Tour to Canada including Toronto, Niagara Falls, Montreal & Quebec including the 2017 Canadian Grand Prix

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: June 2018 (TBC)

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Discover the beauty and history of some of Canada’s most intriguing cities. Some well-known, some less well-known, but all with a story to tell. Along the way, admire wonders of nature with a visit to Niagara Falls, enjoy the arrtactions of Toronto, explore the Thousand Islands of the St Lawrence river, Montreal, home of the Canadian Grand Prix and the beautiful French Canadian province of Quebec and Quebec City

Niagara Falls – Experience the incredible power and beauty of Niagara Falls at Ontario’s Niagara Parks. Get as close as you can to the thundering water at Journey Behind the Falls and White Water Walk, then dine with a panoramic view at Elements on the Falls Restaurant. Explore the Butterfly Conservatory and the Botanical Gardens.

Toronto – the provincial capital of Ontario, is a large, ethnically diverse city sprawling along Lake Ontario’s northwestern shore. A dynamic metropolis with a core of soaring skyscrapers, all dwarfed by the iconic CN Tower, it also features abundant green spaces, from the orderly oval of Queen’s Park to 400-acre High Park and its trails, sports facilities and zoo.

Thousand Islands – is a sightseer’s paradise and a popular destination located along the peaceful border between northern New York State (USA) and southeastern Ontario (Canada), the 1000 Islands is a region of endless shorelines, rich history and unique culture. Lighthouses, historic castles, maritime museums, world-class fishing and diving, quaint downtown shopping, on-the-water dining, family amusements and more make the 1000 Islands a destination that visitors come to again and again.

Montréal – is the largest city in Québec. Predominantly French-speaking (although almost everyone speaks English), it’s set on an island in the Saint Lawrence River and named after Mt. Royal, the triple-peaked hill at its heart. Its 19 boroughs, many of which were once independent cities, include neighbourhoods from cobblestoned, French colonial Vieux-Montréal with imposing Notre-Dame Basilica at its centre, to industrial Sud-Ouest and artist-friendly Plateau.

Québec City – sits on the Saint Lawrence River in predominantly French-speaking Québec province. Dating to 1608, it retains its fortified colonial core, Vieux-Québec and Place Royale, with narrow streets, stone buildings and a European feel. This area is site of the famous, towering Château Frontenac Hotel and imposing Citadelle of Québec. The Petit Champlain district’s cobblestone streets are lined with bistros and boutiques.

Monterey and Pebble Beach

Monterey and Pebble Beach

Description

Where: California

How Long: 10 Days

A Spectacular 10 Day Tour to California for the Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance & the Amazing Monterey Car Week

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 13th -22nd August 2017

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Every year in mid-August, classic car enthusiasts gather in Monterey, Pebble Beach and Carmel for a series of automobile events including the most prestigious Concours d’Elegance. The annual classic, sports, and collectors car extravaganza on the Monterey Peninsula in California in mid-August has many names but Monterey Classic Car Week sums it up perfectly, even if the name is not official.

The week includes a range of events, all organized individually, including the Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance, historic car races, gatherings of German and Italian automobiles, and several major collector cars auctions. The Pebble Beach (Gooding & Co), Monterey (RM Auctions) and Quail Lodge (Bonhams) sales usually see the highest prices paid for classic cars each year. Various event organizers often seem oblivious of the existence of other nearby events.

Some of the major events in the Monterey Classic Car Week include: Pebble Beach Concours d’Elegance, Quail Lodge’s Motorsports Gathering, Rolex Monterey Motorsports Reunion, Legends of the Autobahn, Concorso Italiano and the Concours d’LeMons for the ugliest cars and “worst in show”. Of the classic car auctions scheduled during the Monterey Classic Car Week, the most prestigious ones do charge an admission to see the cars and the auctions but visitors can often see the cars before, during, and after the auction in the relevant hotel parking lots. Admission to some auctions is free and many include beautiful cars even if they are not in the million dollar leagues.

Route 66 Coast to Coast

Route 66 Coast to Coast

Description

Where: USA and Route 66

How Long: 25 Days

New For 2018 the Ultimate Road Trip ‘Coast to Coast’ on ‘Main Street USA’ from New York to Santa Monica

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: May and September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Due to popular demand we are now offering you the opportunity to join us on the ultimate road trip ‘Coast to Coast’ from New York to Santa Monica. In addition to the highlights of Route 66, this tour also includes; 2 nights in the Big Apple, 1 night in the beautiful Finger Lakes, 1 night at Niagara Falls and a scenic drive along the shores of Lake Erie to Sandusky before joining Route 66 in Chicago. What’s more we’ve included a Ford Mustang Convertible to make this a true experience of a lifetime.

The romance of Route 66 continues to captivate people around the world running between Chicago and Los Angeles for over 2448 miles, this legendary old road passes through the heart of the United States on a diagonal trip that takes in some of the country’s most archetypal roadside scenes. If you’re looking for great displays of neon signs, rusty middle-of-nowhere truck stops, or kitschy Americana, do as the song says and “get your kicks on Route 66.”

Route 66 passes through a marvelous cross-section of American scenes, from the cornfields of Illinois all the way to the golden sands and sunshine of Los Angeles, passing by such diverse environs as the Grand Canyon, the Native American communities of the desert Southwest, the small-town Midwest heartlands of Oklahoma and the Ozarks, as well as the gritty streets of St. Louis and Chicago. Whether you are motivated by an interest in history, feel a nostalgic yearning for the “good old days” Route 66 has come to represent, or simply want to experience firsthand the amazing diversity of people and landscapes that line its path, Route 66 offers an unforgettable journey into America, then and now.

Highlights of Peru

Highlights of Peru

Description

Where: Peru Machu Picchu and More

How Long: 16 Days

An Amazing 16 Day Adventure Tour to Peru including Lima, Cusco, the Sacred Valley, Machu Picchu, Puno, Lake Titicaca, Arequipa, Colca Canyon, Paracas the Nazca Lines.

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 11th May - 26th May 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Combining ancient history, breath-taking landscapes and living culture, this itinerary packs in the ultimate highlights of Peru, all whilst staying in some of great hotels along the way.

Peru is the third largest country in South America and a superlative land of contrasts with its epic landscapes, jaw-dropping archaeological sites, and wealth of biodiversity and modern infrastructure.

The Music Road USA

The Music Road USA

Description

Where: USA Nashville, Memphis and New Orleans

How Long: 10 Days

Enjoy an Amazing 12 Day Tour on America’s Music Road Including Nashville, Memphis & New Orleans

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 14th - 23rd April 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



Nashville is alive. Feel its pulse when you walk down the sidewalks and you can also hear the music almost anywhere you go. Nashville is where music lives. A place where music hangs its hat and puts its feet up on the furniture. To really experience Nashville’s music history, see a show inside the Ryman and Grand Ole Opry. Visit Ernest Tubb Midnite Jamboree, the second oldest radio show, airing after the Grand Ole Opry. Walk along Music Mile or Music Row. See Historic RCA Studio B, Music City’s only historic studio tour. Learn why they call it “Music City” at the Country Music Hall of Fame and Museum. At night, the city comes alive! Hit up the Gulch entertainment district or the District, a vibrant part of Lower Broadway, where honky tonks and good restaurants converge. Tootsie’s Orchid Lounge and other honky tonks are jam-packed with people. Hear up-and-comers and renowned songwriters perform at legendary Bluebird Cafe, and see a show at famous Wildhorse Saloon.

Memphis is the birthplace of blues, soul and rock and roll, Memphis is rich in musical heritage and eternally linked with Elvis Presley. Graceland, his former home, should be the first stop for fans, while Beale Street, at the heart of the historic district, has recently re-emerged as a bustling entertainment centre with plenty of live music venues. Located on the Mississippi River in southwest Tennessee, Memphis is famous for the influential strains of blues, soul and rock ‘n’ roll that originated there. Elvis Presley, B.B. King and Johnny Cash recorded albums at the legendary Sun Studio, and Presley’s Graceland mansion is a popular attraction. Other music landmarks include the Rock ‘n’ Soul Museum, Blues Hall of Fame and Stax Museum of American Soul Music.

New Orleans, this fabulous city, also known as the ‘Big Easy’, is home of jazz. With its laid-back attitude, narrow streets, wrought iron balconies and flower-bedecked verandas, the French Quarter has been attracting visitors for many years. Stroll past the open doors of bars and cafés, where you’ll hear snatches of music, on an optional walking tour of the area this afternoon. New Orleans is famous for its spicy, singular cuisine reflecting its history as a melting pot of French, African and American cultures. Embodying its festive spirit is Mardi Gras, the late-winter carnival famed for raucous costumed parades and street parties.

New York and New England in the Fall

New York and New England in the Fall

Description

Where: USA New England, New York

How Long: 14 days

A 14 Night Foliage Tour to New York & New England
Including the hire of a Ford Mustang Convertible

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 29th September - 14th October 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



New England is famous for its glorious foliage as billions of leaves change from green to a kaleidoscope of colors. The leaves start turning colors in the northern regions of Maine, Vermont, and New Hampshire typically around late September and peaking around mid-October. In the more southern states of Massachusetts and Rhode Island and along the coast of New Hampshire and southern Maine, can start a little later and often lasts up until November. Fall is also an excellent time to see the New England coastline area – weather is often still warm and beautiful, and the summer crowds are gone. It’s a perfect time to walk the beaches, explore antique shops, specialty boutiques, and get the best table on those dockside patios. You’ll find beautiful fall colors here too, even along the roadways.

Boston is a wonderful blend of stylish sophistication and historic New England charm. You can easily uncover the city’s past while enjoying the old masters and the brew masters, pedal-powered swan boat rides or high speed catamaran whale watches. Shop artisanal markets or chic boutiques. While the afternoon away at a sidewalk cafés or dine at one of the many restaurants to be found throughout the city.

New York City’s five boroughs are home to some of the world’s most recognizable, cherished landmarks and attractions. From Times Square and Central Park to the Empire State Building and The Metropolitan Museum of Art, the island of Manhattan packs more famous icons into one compact area than any other place on earth; and that’s to say nothing of the City’s four other boroughs—The Bronx, Brooklyn, Queens and Staten Island—each of which contains its own list of must-see attractions.

USA Best of the West

USA Best of the West

Description

Where: USA, LA, Grand Canyon and more

How Long: 17 Days

A 17 Day, 16 Night Tour to the USA & The Best of the West, including Los Angeles, Hollywood, Calfornian Pacific Highway, San Francisco,Yosemite National Park, Las Vegas, Grand Canyon, Monument Valley & Flagstaff

Tour Operator: Scenic and Continental Car Tours
Available: 7th September - 23rd September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



On this amazing 16 day driving tour you’ll visit some of the greatest sights and attractions the USA has to offer. Travelling through California, Nevada and Arizona attractions include; Los Angeles & Hollywood, an iconic drive along the Pacific Highway to Monterey and San Francisco, the Napa Valley wineries, Yosemite National Park, Death Valley and the glitz and glamour of Las Vegas before heading over the Hoover Dam where things get bigger and better with stays at the Grand Canyon and Monument Valley. Finally travelling back to Flagstaff and Phoenix for your flight back to the UK.

Ford Mustang Hire – We’ve included a Convertible Ford Mustang automatic with air-conditioning in your tour price. The hire package includes; Unlimited Mileage, CDW (Collision Damage Waiver), $1 Million Liability Cover, Sales Tax, State Tax, Airport Fees, CFC (subject to location), Additional Driver, Initial Tank of fuel supplied (You return the car empty), Mechanical Assistance.

Super Cars & Super Passes - Super Cars & Super Passes - Super Cars & Super Passes - Super Cars & Super Passes - Super Cars & Super Passes -

Super Cars & Super Passes - "The Grand Tour"

Description

Where: Italy and France

How Long: 11 Days

An eleven day Tour driving to Italy’s “Motor Valley” via some of the most spectacular alpine passes in Europe, visiting the Ferrari, Lamborghini & Pagani headquarters, many other “Motor Valley” sites, the Imola race circuit and also the Mille Miglia museum.

Tour Operator: DrivingforPleasure and European Driving Tours
Available: 9th September - 19th September 2018

Click here to visit the website and find out more.



An eleven day Tour driving to Italy’s “Motor Valley” via some of the most spectacular alpine passes in Europe, visiting the Ferrari, Lamborghini & Pagani headquarters, many other “Motor Valley” sites, the Imola race circuit and also the Mille Miglia museum. Returning home via the highest pass in the Alps, Annecy and the amazing Chateau at Savigny.

Day 1 – Calais to Mulhouse – 390 miles

After the short trip across the channel we travel through three different countries, stopping for lunch in Luxembourg, before reaching our hotel in Mulhouse, near the Swiss border. Although we use the motorways during the day, we have a lovely cross-country section through the northen Vosges mountains. Once you have checked-in you can visit the historic centre of Mulhouse where there are some lovely bars and restaurants.

Day 2 – Mulhouse to Livigno – 270 miles

Three countries in one day again today, as we leave France and cross into Switzerland at Basel. From here we drive to Lucerne where the fun really begins. We head south before reaching the first of today’s passes, the Brunig Pass. Next we climb the Grimsel Pass before reaching the famous Furka Pass (from the James Bond film “Goldfinger”) and making the most of the refreshment and photo opportunities at the summit. From here we follow stunning Swiss roads through the winter resorts of Davos, Chur & Klosters, crossing the Fluela Pass and passing through the Munt La Schera tunnel before arriving in Livigno.

Day 3 – Livigno to Brescia – 170 miles 

An early breakfast is in order, after which we will be some of the first cars to the top of the Stelvio Pass today. This will give us the opportunity to tackle the Pass in both directions before the roads get too busy. Having had a coffee at the summit we continue south through little used alpine roads before following the shoreline of Lago d’Iseo and onto Brescia in time for lunch.

We will spend the early part of the afternoon at the excellent Mille Miglia museum just outside of the town. We have negotiated for you to take your cars into the central courtyard of the museum next to the famous Mille Miglia Tavern for a stunning photo opportunity.

Tonight’s hotel is in walking distance of the city centre and although it has a great restaurant there are some superb bars and restaurants in the city. 

Day 4 – Brescia – Free day

Today you can chose from a number of options. Brescia is a wonderful town to relax in and for those wanting to stroll into town and visit the boutiques and enjoy Italy’s cafe society there is plenty to keep you busy. Alternatively a drive to Lake Garda is very rewarding. You can drive around the lake or perhaps park in Desenzano or Sirmione and spend the day using the water taxis. Many of our tourists enjoy hiring their own boat on the lake and spending the day on the water. Venice, Padua & Mantova are all within reach. For those with an interest in Motorsport, the town and circuit at Monza make an excellent excursion. Finally for something completely different, the famous prehistoric rock carvings at Val Camonica are well worth seeing.

Day 5 – Brescia to Modena via Imola – 210 miles 

Today is one of three full days that we will spend in “Motor Valley”. Based at a superb 4*Superior Hotel near Bologna, over the course of these three days you will have the opportunity to visit all of the main sites in the area. We start today with a brief visit to the Ferrari Mausoleum in Modena before driving into the city to visit the old race circuit. From here we visit the simply stunning Enzo Ferrari museum housed at Enzo’s childhood home. After the visit we will head to our nearby hotel passing by the Maserati factory.

Over these three days we will be leading visits to all of the places you see listed here. You may not wish to visit all of the sites but you do have the flexibility to choose which sites you want to visit and also to visit these sites independently of the main group if you would prefer.

Day 6 – Modena

Today the main group will visit the Lamborghini factory followed by a visit to the Lamborghini museum. Then we travel the short distance to Pagani for a factory tour and a visit to their museum. We then head off to the exceptional Ferruccio Lamborghini museum before rounding the day off with a visit to the Ayrton Senna Memorial at Imola. The Ducati factory and museum is also close by if you would like to visit.

Day 7 – Modena

The main group will spend today visiting Maranello with visits to the Fiorano circuit, the Ferrari Galleria and photo opportunities by the old and the new Ferrari factories. We hope to take lunch in the Cavallino Restaurant used by Enzo himself. After lunch we will visit Hombre Farm for a tour and tasting of the famous Parmigiano cheese. We will also visit the wonderful Maserati Museum.

Our hotel is a lovely “country club” style hotel with plenty of outdoor space and a swimming pool if you just want to spend the day relaxing. Nearby Bologna offers visitors a wonderful historic centre and the same is true of Modena and Florence.

Day 8 – Modena to Turin – 212 miles

We begin by following the motorway to Asti and from there we head into the hills for a scenic entry to Turin. Just before we arrive we will stop at the spectacular Basilica di Superga with great views of the city before descending to our hotel in the old FIAT factory with the test track on the roof as featured in the film “The Italian Job”.

Day 9 – Turin to Annecy – 235 miles

Today we begin with a spectacular drive from Turin over the French border and into the Parc National de la Vanoise via the spectacular Pass du Mont Cenis. We will pause for refreshments in Lanlesvillard before negotiating the Col d’Iseran, the highest paved pass in the Alps, before reaching Val d’Isere. We will continue to Bourg Saint Maurice for lunch before driving through spectacular alpine scenery to our hotel at Annecy via Lac de Roseland and Albertville.

Day 10 – Annecy to Troyes – 279 miles

A scenic drive north towards the Swiss border starts the day, before we head west across the Jura mountains. We then join the motorway to Beaune where we will have lunch and visit the unique collections at Chateau Savigny-les-Beaune which feature the largest Abarth collection and a fabulous range of “cold-war” jets. From here we rejoin the motorway before cutting across country to our hotel in a golf & country club near Troyes.

Day 11 – Troyes to Calais – 257 miles

Our first stop today is the champagne producing town of Epernay where we pause before a delightful drive through the Champagne vneyards to the old race circuit at Gueux. We head north-west from here on the motorway and time allowing, we will pause in Arras before returning to Calais for our return Eurotunnel crossing to the UK.